|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
659
|
71 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
72 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
74 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
75 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
76 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
77 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
78 };
|
|
|
79
|
|
464
|
80 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
81 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 /*
|
|
|
84 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
85 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
88 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
89 */
|
|
464
|
90 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
93
|
|
657
|
94 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
95 * are used. */
|
|
|
96 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
99 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
100 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
101
|
|
449
|
102 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
103 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
104 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
105
|
|
464
|
106 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
107 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
108 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
109 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
110 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
111 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
112 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
113 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
114 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
115 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
116 * completion started */
|
|
|
117 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
118 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
119
|
|
|
120 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
659
|
122 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches));
|
|
7
|
123 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
124 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
126 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
127 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
128 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
7
|
129 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
130 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
131 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
659
|
133 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
134 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
135 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
136 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
137 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
610
|
139 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
|
140 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
141 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
142 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
143 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
144 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
145 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
148 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
149 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
150 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
151
|
|
661
|
152 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
153 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
155 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
156 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
157 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
158 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
160 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
161 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
162 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
163 #endif
|
|
7
|
164 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
165 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
166 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
167 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
169 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
171 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
172 #endif
|
|
|
173 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
176 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
180 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
181 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
183 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 #endif
|
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
186 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
449
|
188 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
190 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
191 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
192 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
193 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
194 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
195 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
200 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
201 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
204 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
206 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
208 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
213 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
216 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
217 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
218 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
219 #endif
|
|
|
220 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
223 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
225 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
226 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
227 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
228 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
229 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
230
|
|
|
231 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
232 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
233 #endif
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
238 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
239 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
240 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
241 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
242 #endif
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
245 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
246 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
249 under the cursor */
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /*
|
|
|
252 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
253 *
|
|
|
254 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
255 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
256 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
257 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
258 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
259 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
260 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
261 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
262 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
263 *
|
|
|
264 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
265 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
266 *
|
|
|
267 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
268 */
|
|
|
269 int
|
|
|
270 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
271 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
272 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
273 long count;
|
|
|
274 {
|
|
|
275 int c = 0;
|
|
|
276 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
277 int lastc;
|
|
|
278 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
279 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
280 int i;
|
|
|
281 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
282 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
283 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
284 #endif
|
|
|
285 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
287 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
290 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
291 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
292
|
|
603
|
293 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
294 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
295
|
|
7
|
296 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
297 * error message */
|
|
|
298 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
301 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
302 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
305 return FALSE;
|
|
|
306 }
|
|
|
307 #endif
|
|
632
|
308 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
309 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
310 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
313 return FALSE;
|
|
|
314 }
|
|
7
|
315
|
|
|
316 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
317 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
318 #endif
|
|
|
319
|
|
11
|
320 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
321 /*
|
|
|
322 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
325 {
|
|
532
|
326 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
327 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
328 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
329 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
330 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
331 else
|
|
|
332 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
333 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
334 # endif
|
|
11
|
335 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 #endif
|
|
|
338
|
|
7
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
340 /*
|
|
|
341 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
342 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
343 */
|
|
|
344 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
345 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
346 else
|
|
|
347 #endif
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
350 if (startln)
|
|
|
351 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
352 }
|
|
|
353 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
354 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
355 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
356 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
361 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
362 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
363 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
366 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
367 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 else
|
|
|
370 #endif
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
373 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
374 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
375 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
376 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
381 {
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
383 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
384 {
|
|
|
385 beep_flush();
|
|
|
386 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
387 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
388 }
|
|
|
389 else
|
|
|
390 #endif
|
|
|
391 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
394 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
395 {
|
|
|
396 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
397 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
398 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
399 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
400 }
|
|
|
401 #endif
|
|
|
402 else
|
|
|
403 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 /*
|
|
|
408 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
409 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
410 */
|
|
|
411 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
415 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
416 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
417 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
420 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
421 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
422 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
426 setmouse();
|
|
|
427 #endif
|
|
|
428 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
429 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
430 #endif
|
|
|
431 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
432 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
433 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
434 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
435 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
436 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
437 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
438 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 /*
|
|
|
442 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
443 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
444 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
449 /*
|
|
|
450 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
451 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
452 */
|
|
|
453 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
454 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
455 else
|
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
|
457 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
458 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 /*
|
|
|
461 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
462 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
463 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
464 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
465 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
466 */
|
|
|
467 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
468 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
469 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
470 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
471 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
472 {
|
|
|
473 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
474 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
476 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
474
|
478 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
479 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
480 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
|
482 #endif
|
|
|
483 }
|
|
230
|
484 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
485 }
|
|
|
486 else
|
|
|
487 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
490 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
493 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
496 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
499 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
500 #endif
|
|
|
501 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
502 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
503 * restarting. */
|
|
|
504 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
505 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
506 #endif
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /*
|
|
|
509 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
510 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
511 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
512 */
|
|
|
513 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
514 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
515 i = showmode();
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
517 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
518 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
521 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
522 #endif
|
|
|
523 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
524 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526
|
|
603
|
527 /*
|
|
|
528 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
529 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
530 */
|
|
7
|
531 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
532 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
533 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
534 else
|
|
|
535 {
|
|
|
536 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
537 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
538 }
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 /*
|
|
|
543 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
544 */
|
|
|
545 for (;;)
|
|
|
546 {
|
|
|
547 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
548 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
549 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
550 else
|
|
|
551 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
552 #endif
|
|
|
553 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
554 count = 0;
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
559 count = 0;
|
|
|
560 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
564 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
565 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
568 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
569 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
572 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
573 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 /*
|
|
|
577 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
582 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
583 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
584 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
585 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
586 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
590 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
591 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
592 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
593 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
594 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
595 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /*
|
|
|
599 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
600 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
601 * redraw.
|
|
|
602 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
603 * something.
|
|
|
604 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
605 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
606 */
|
|
|
607 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
608 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
609 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
610 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
611 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
612 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
613 #endif
|
|
|
614 )
|
|
|
615 {
|
|
|
616 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
617 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
620 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
621 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
622 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
623 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
624 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
625 #endif
|
|
|
626 ))
|
|
|
627 {
|
|
|
628 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
629 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
630 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
631 else
|
|
|
632 #endif
|
|
|
633 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
634 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
635 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
636 else
|
|
|
637 #endif
|
|
|
638 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
639 }
|
|
|
640 }
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
643 update_topline();
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 /*
|
|
|
650 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
651 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
652 */
|
|
661
|
653 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
654
|
|
|
655 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
656 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
657 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
658 #endif
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 update_curswant();
|
|
|
661 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
662 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
663 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
664 #endif
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
666 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
667 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
668 #endif
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 /*
|
|
|
671 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
672 */
|
|
|
673 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
674 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
677 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
678 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
679 #endif
|
|
|
680 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
681 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
682 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
683 #endif
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
685 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
686 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
687 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
688 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
689 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
690 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
691
|
|
659
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
694 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
695 */
|
|
|
696 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
699 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
700 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
701 continue;
|
|
|
702
|
|
659
|
703 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
704 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
705 {
|
|
659
|
706 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
707 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
708 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
711 continue;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
714 /* A printable character: Add it to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
715 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
718 continue;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
657
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 }
|
|
|
722
|
|
7
|
723 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
724 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
657
|
725 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
726 continue;
|
|
7
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728
|
|
477
|
729 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
730 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
731 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
732 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
735 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
736 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
737 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
738 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
739 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
740 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
741 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
742 {
|
|
477
|
743 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
744 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
745 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
746 }
|
|
|
747 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
748 continue;
|
|
|
749 else
|
|
|
750 {
|
|
477
|
751 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
752 {
|
|
|
753 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
754 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
755 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
756 }
|
|
7
|
757 count = 0;
|
|
|
758 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
759 }
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
763 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
764 #endif
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
767 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
768 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
769 #endif
|
|
|
770 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
771 {
|
|
|
772 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
773 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
774 continue;
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
778 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
779 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
780 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
781 # endif
|
|
|
782 )
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
785 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
786 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
787 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
788 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
789 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
790 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
791 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
792 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
793 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795 #endif
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
798 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
799 switch (c)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
802 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
803 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
804 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
805 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
806 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
807 }
|
|
|
808 #endif
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
813 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
814 * characters.
|
|
|
815 */
|
|
|
816 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
817 continue;
|
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 /*
|
|
|
821 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
822 */
|
|
|
823 switch (c)
|
|
|
824 {
|
|
449
|
825 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
826 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
827 break;
|
|
|
828 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
829
|
|
449
|
830 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
831 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
832 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
833 {
|
|
|
834 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
835 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
836 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
837 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
838 }
|
|
|
839 #endif
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
842 do_intr:
|
|
|
843 #endif
|
|
|
844 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
845 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
846 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
847 {
|
|
|
848 if (got_int)
|
|
|
849 {
|
|
|
850 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
851 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
852 }
|
|
|
853 else
|
|
|
854 vim_beep();
|
|
|
855 break;
|
|
|
856 }
|
|
|
857 doESCkey:
|
|
|
858 /*
|
|
|
859 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
860 */
|
|
|
861 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
862 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
863 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
864 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
865
|
|
477
|
866 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
869 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
870 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
871 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
872 #endif
|
|
7
|
873 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
874 }
|
|
7
|
875 continue;
|
|
|
876
|
|
449
|
877 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
878 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
879 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
880 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
881 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
882 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
885 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
886 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
887 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
888 #endif
|
|
|
889 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
890 break;
|
|
|
891 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
892 count = 0;
|
|
|
893 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
894
|
|
464
|
895 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
896 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
897 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
898 break;
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
901 break;
|
|
|
902
|
|
449
|
903 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
904 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
905 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
906 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
907 #endif
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
910 case K_F1:
|
|
|
911 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
912 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
913 if (p_im)
|
|
|
914 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
915 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
918 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
919 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
920 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
921 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
922 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
923 break;
|
|
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
927 case NUL:
|
|
|
928 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
929 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
930 * error. */
|
|
7
|
931 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
932 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
933 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
934 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
935 break;
|
|
|
936
|
|
449
|
937 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
938 ins_reg();
|
|
|
939 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
940 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
941 break;
|
|
|
942
|
|
449
|
943 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
944 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
945 break;
|
|
|
946
|
|
449
|
947 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
948 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
949 break;
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
952 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
953 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
954 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
955 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957 #endif
|
|
|
958
|
|
449
|
959 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
960 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
961 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
962 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
963 #endif
|
|
|
964 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
965
|
|
449
|
966 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
967 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
968 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
449
|
970 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
971 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
972 break;
|
|
7
|
973 }
|
|
|
974 # endif
|
|
|
975 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
976 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
977 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
978 break;
|
|
|
979
|
|
449
|
980 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
981 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
982 ins_del();
|
|
|
983 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
984 break;
|
|
|
985
|
|
449
|
986 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
987 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
988 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
989 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
990 break;
|
|
|
991
|
|
449
|
992 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
993 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
994 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
449
|
997 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
998 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
999 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1000 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1001 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1002 # endif
|
|
7
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1005 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
|
1008 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1010 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1011 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1012 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1013 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1014 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1015 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1016 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1017 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1018 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1019 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1020 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1021 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1022 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1023 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1024 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1025 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1026 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028
|
|
449
|
1029 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1030 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032
|
|
449
|
1033 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1034 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1035 break;
|
|
|
1036 #endif
|
|
|
1037
|
|
449
|
1038 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1039 break;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
661
|
1041 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1042 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1043 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1044 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1045 break;
|
|
|
1046 #endif
|
|
|
1047
|
|
625
|
1048 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1049 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1050 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1051 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1052 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1053 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1054 break;
|
|
|
1055 #endif
|
|
|
1056
|
|
7
|
1057 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1058 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1059 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1060 break;
|
|
|
1061
|
|
|
1062 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1063 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1064 break;
|
|
|
1065 #endif
|
|
|
1066
|
|
449
|
1067 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1068 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1069 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1070 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1071 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1072 break;
|
|
|
1073
|
|
449
|
1074 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1075 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1076 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1077 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1078 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080
|
|
449
|
1081 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1082 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1083 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1084 else
|
|
|
1085 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1086 break;
|
|
|
1087
|
|
449
|
1088 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1089 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1090 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1091 break;
|
|
|
1092
|
|
449
|
1093 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1094 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1095 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1096 else
|
|
|
1097 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1098 break;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
449
|
1100 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1101 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1102 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1103 break;
|
|
|
1104
|
|
449
|
1105 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1106 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1107 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1108 else
|
|
|
1109 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
449
|
1112 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1113 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1114 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1115 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1116 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1117 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1118 #endif
|
|
7
|
1119 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
449
|
1122 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1123 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1124 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1125 else
|
|
|
1126 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1127 break;
|
|
|
1128
|
|
449
|
1129 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1130 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1131 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1132 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1133 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1134 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1135 #endif
|
|
7
|
1136 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1137 break;
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1140 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1141 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1142 break;
|
|
|
1143 #endif
|
|
|
1144
|
|
449
|
1145 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1146 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1147 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1148
|
|
449
|
1149 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1150 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1151 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1152 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1153 #endif
|
|
|
1154 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1155 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1156 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1157 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
449
|
1160 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1161 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1162 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1163 case CAR:
|
|
|
1164 case NL:
|
|
|
1165 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1166 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1167 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1168 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
644
|
1170 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1171 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1172 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1173 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1174 break;
|
|
|
1175 }
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1178 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1179 {
|
|
|
1180 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1181 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1182 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1183 }
|
|
|
1184 #endif
|
|
|
1185 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1186 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1187 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1188 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1189 break;
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1192 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1193 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1194 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
449
|
1196 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1197 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1198 break;
|
|
7
|
1199 }
|
|
|
1200 # endif
|
|
|
1201 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1202 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1203 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1204 break;
|
|
|
1205 # endif
|
|
|
1206 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1207 #endif
|
|
7
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1210 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1211 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
449
|
1214 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1215 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1216 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1217 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1218
|
|
449
|
1219 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1220 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1221 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1222 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1225 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1226 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1227 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1228 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1229 #endif
|
|
|
1230
|
|
449
|
1231 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1232 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1233 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1234 #endif
|
|
|
1235 {
|
|
|
1236 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1237 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1238 {
|
|
|
1239 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1240 break;
|
|
|
1241 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1244 }
|
|
|
1245 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1246 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1247
|
|
449
|
1248 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1249 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1250 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1251 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1252 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1253 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1254 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1255 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 docomplete:
|
|
|
1258 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1259 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1260 break;
|
|
|
1261 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1262
|
|
449
|
1263 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1264 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1265 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1266 break;
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 default:
|
|
|
1269 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1270 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1271 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1272 #endif
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 /*
|
|
|
1275 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1276 */
|
|
|
1277 normalchar:
|
|
|
1278 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1279 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1280 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1281 #endif
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1286 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1287 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1288 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1289 #endif
|
|
|
1290 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1291 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1292 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1293 }
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1297 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1298 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1299 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1300 #endif
|
|
|
1301 c))
|
|
|
1302 {
|
|
|
1303 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1305 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1306 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1307 #endif
|
|
|
1308 }
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1313 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1314 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1315 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1316 #endif
|
|
|
1317 break;
|
|
|
1318 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1321 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1322 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1325 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1326 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1327 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1328 # endif
|
|
|
1329 )
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1332 /*
|
|
|
1333 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1334 */
|
|
|
1335 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1336 {
|
|
|
1337 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1338 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1339 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341 }
|
|
|
1342 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1343
|
|
|
1344 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1345 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1346 }
|
|
|
1347
|
|
|
1348 /*
|
|
|
1349 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1350 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1351 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1352 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1353 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1354 */
|
|
661
|
1355 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1356 static void
|
|
661
|
1357 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1358 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
661
|
1362 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1363 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
|
1364 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
|
1365 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
|
1366 {
|
|
|
1367 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1368 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370 #endif
|
|
7
|
1371 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1372 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1373 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1374 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1375 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1376 setcursor();
|
|
|
1377 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1378 }
|
|
|
1379 }
|
|
|
1380
|
|
|
1381 /*
|
|
|
1382 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1383 */
|
|
|
1384 static void
|
|
|
1385 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1386 {
|
|
|
1387 int c;
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
1389 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1390 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1393 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1394 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1395
|
|
|
1396 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1397 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1398 #endif
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1401 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1402 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1403 #endif
|
|
|
1404 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1405 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1406 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1407 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1408 #endif
|
|
|
1409 }
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 /*
|
|
|
1412 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1413 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1414 */
|
|
|
1415 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1416 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1417 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1418 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1419 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1421 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1422 #else
|
|
|
1423 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1424 #endif
|
|
|
1425 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1426 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1427 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 void
|
|
|
1430 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1431 int c;
|
|
|
1432 int highlight;
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 int attr;
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
|
1438 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1439 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1440 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1441 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1442 else
|
|
|
1443 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1444 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1445 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1446 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1447 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1448 #endif
|
|
|
1449 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1450 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1453 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1454 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1459 {
|
|
|
1460 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1461 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1462 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1463 }
|
|
|
1464 }
|
|
|
1465 # endif
|
|
|
1466 }
|
|
|
1467 else
|
|
|
1468 #endif
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1471 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1472 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1473 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1474 #endif
|
|
|
1475 }
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1478 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1479 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1480 #endif
|
|
|
1481 {
|
|
|
1482 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1483 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1484 }
|
|
|
1485 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1486 }
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 /*
|
|
|
1490 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1491 */
|
|
|
1492 void
|
|
|
1493 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1494 {
|
|
|
1495 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1498 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1499 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1500 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1501 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1502 else
|
|
|
1503 #endif
|
|
|
1504 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1505 }
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 /*
|
|
|
1509 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1510 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1511 */
|
|
|
1512 void
|
|
|
1513 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1514 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1519 return;
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1522 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1523 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1525 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1526 {
|
|
|
1527 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1530 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1531 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1532 }
|
|
|
1533 #endif
|
|
|
1534 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1535 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1536 {
|
|
|
1537 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1538 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1541 }
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 /*
|
|
|
1544 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1545 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1546 */
|
|
|
1547 static void
|
|
|
1548 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1549 {
|
|
|
1550 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1553 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1554 }
|
|
|
1555 }
|
|
|
1556
|
|
|
1557 /*
|
|
|
1558 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1559 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1560 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1561 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1562 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1563 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1564 */
|
|
|
1565 void
|
|
|
1566 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1567 int type;
|
|
|
1568 int amount;
|
|
|
1569 int round;
|
|
|
1570 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1571 {
|
|
|
1572 int vcol;
|
|
|
1573 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1574 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1575 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1576 int i;
|
|
|
1577 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1578 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1579 int start_col;
|
|
|
1580 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1581 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1582 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1583 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1586 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1587 {
|
|
|
1588 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1589 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1590 }
|
|
|
1591 #endif
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1594 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1595 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1596 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1597 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1598
|
|
|
1599 /*
|
|
|
1600 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1601 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1602 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1603 */
|
|
|
1604 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1607 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1608 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1609 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1610
|
|
|
1611 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1612
|
|
|
1613 /*
|
|
|
1614 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1615 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1616 */
|
|
|
1617 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1618 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1621 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1622
|
|
|
1623 /*
|
|
|
1624 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1625 */
|
|
|
1626 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1627 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1628 else
|
|
|
1629 {
|
|
|
1630 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1631 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1634 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1635 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1636 #endif
|
|
|
1637 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1638 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1639 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1640 #endif
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 /*
|
|
|
1645 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1646 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1647 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1648 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1649 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1650 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1651 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1652 */
|
|
|
1653 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1654 {
|
|
|
1655 /*
|
|
|
1656 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1657 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1658 */
|
|
|
1659 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1660 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1661 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1662 }
|
|
|
1663 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1664 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1665 else
|
|
|
1666 {
|
|
|
1667 /*
|
|
|
1668 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1669 */
|
|
|
1670 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1671 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 /*
|
|
|
1674 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1675 */
|
|
|
1676 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1677 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1678 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1679 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1680 {
|
|
|
1681 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1683 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1684 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1685 else
|
|
|
1686 #endif
|
|
|
1687 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1688 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1689 }
|
|
|
1690 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 /*
|
|
|
1693 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1694 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1695 */
|
|
|
1696 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1699 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1700 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1701 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1702 {
|
|
|
1703 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1704 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1705 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1706 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1707 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1708 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 /*
|
|
|
1713 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1714 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1715 */
|
|
|
1716 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1717 }
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1722 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1723 else
|
|
|
1724 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1725 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1726 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /*
|
|
|
1729 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
|
1735 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1736 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1737 else
|
|
|
1738 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1741 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1742 else
|
|
|
1743 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1744 }
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 /*
|
|
|
1747 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1748 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1749 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1750 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1751 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1752 */
|
|
|
1753 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1756 {
|
|
|
1757 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1758 --start_col;
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1763 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1766 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1767 }
|
|
|
1768 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1769 }
|
|
|
1770 }
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
1772 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1773 /*
|
|
|
1774 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1775 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1776 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1777 */
|
|
|
1778 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1779 {
|
|
|
1780 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1781 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1782 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1783 return;
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1786 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1787 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1788 return;
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1791 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1794 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1795 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1798 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1801 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1804 }
|
|
|
1805 #endif
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 /*
|
|
|
1809 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1810 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1811 * modes.
|
|
|
1812 */
|
|
|
1813 void
|
|
|
1814 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1815 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1816 {
|
|
|
1817 int i;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1820 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1823 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1824 }
|
|
|
1825 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1826 }
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1829 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1830 /*
|
|
|
1831 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1832 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1833 */
|
|
|
1834 void
|
|
|
1835 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1836 int col;
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1839 {
|
|
|
1840 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1841 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1842 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1843 else
|
|
|
1844 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1845 }
|
|
|
1846 }
|
|
|
1847 #endif
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
449
|
1851 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1852 */
|
|
|
1853 static void
|
|
|
1854 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1855 {
|
|
|
1856 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1857 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1858 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1861 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1862 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1863 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1864 else
|
|
|
1865 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1866 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1867 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1868 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1869 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1870 showmode();
|
|
|
1871 }
|
|
|
1872 }
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 /*
|
|
|
1875 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1876 */
|
|
|
1877 static int
|
|
|
1878 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1879 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1880 {
|
|
|
1881 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1882 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
|
1884 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1885 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1886 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1887 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1888 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1889 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1892 setcursor();
|
|
|
1893 out_flush();
|
|
|
1894 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1897 }
|
|
|
1898 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1899 }
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 /*
|
|
7
|
1902 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1903 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1904 */
|
|
|
1905 int
|
|
|
1906 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1907 int c;
|
|
|
1908 {
|
|
|
1909 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1910 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1911 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1912
|
|
610
|
1913 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1914 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1915 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1916
|
|
7
|
1917 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1918 {
|
|
|
1919 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1920 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1921 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1922 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1923 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1924 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1925 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1926 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1927 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1928 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1929 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1930 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1931 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1932 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1933 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1934 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1935 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1936 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1937 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1938 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1939 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1940 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1941 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1942 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1943 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1944 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1945 #endif
|
|
|
1946 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1947 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1948 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1949 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1950 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1951 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1952 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1953 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1954 #endif
|
|
477
|
1955 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1956 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1957 }
|
|
|
1958 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1959 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1960 }
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 /*
|
|
659
|
1963 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1964 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1965 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1966 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1967 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1968 */
|
|
|
1969 int
|
|
464
|
1970 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1971 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1972 int len;
|
|
|
1973 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1974 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1975 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1978 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1979 int idx;
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1982 {
|
|
|
1983 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1984 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1985 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1988 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1989 {
|
|
|
1990 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1991 {
|
|
|
1992 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1993 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1994 {
|
|
|
1995 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1996 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1997 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1998 break;
|
|
|
1999 }
|
|
|
2000 }
|
|
|
2001 }
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2005 * upper case.
|
|
|
2006 */
|
|
|
2007 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2008 {
|
|
449
|
2009 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2010 {
|
|
449
|
2011 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2012 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2015 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2016 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2017 break;
|
|
|
2018 }
|
|
449
|
2019 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2020 }
|
|
|
2021 }
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2024 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2025
|
|
659
|
2026 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2027 }
|
|
|
2028 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2029 }
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 /*
|
|
|
2032 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2033 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2034 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
2035 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2036 *
|
|
|
2037 * New:
|
|
|
2038 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2039 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2040 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
2041 */
|
|
464
|
2042 int
|
|
659
|
2043 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2044 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2045 int len;
|
|
|
2046 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2047 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2048 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2049 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2050 {
|
|
464
|
2051 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2052 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2055 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2056 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2057 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2058 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 /*
|
|
|
2061 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2062 */
|
|
449
|
2063 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2066 do
|
|
|
2067 {
|
|
464
|
2068 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2069 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2070 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2071 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2072 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2073 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2074 }
|
|
|
2075
|
|
540
|
2076 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2077 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2078
|
|
7
|
2079 /*
|
|
|
2080 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2081 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2082 */
|
|
659
|
2083 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2084 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2085 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2086 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2087 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2088 {
|
|
|
2089 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2090 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2093 {
|
|
|
2094 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2095 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2096 }
|
|
659
|
2097
|
|
7
|
2098 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2099 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2100 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2101 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2102 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2103 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2104 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2105 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2106 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2107 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2108 {
|
|
|
2109 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2110 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2111 }
|
|
7
|
2112 else
|
|
464
|
2113 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2114 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2115 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2116 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2117
|
|
|
2118 /*
|
|
|
2119 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2120 */
|
|
449
|
2121 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2122 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2123 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
464
|
2125 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2126 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2129 {
|
|
464
|
2130 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2131 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2132 }
|
|
|
2133 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2134 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2135 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2136 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2137 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2138 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2139 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 return OK;
|
|
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 /*
|
|
|
2145 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2146 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2147 */
|
|
|
2148 static void
|
|
659
|
2149 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches)
|
|
7
|
2150 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2151 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2152 {
|
|
|
2153 int i;
|
|
|
2154 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2155 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2156
|
|
464
|
2157 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
659
|
2158 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2159 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2160 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2161 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2162 }
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2165 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 static int
|
|
|
2168 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2169 {
|
|
464
|
2170 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2171 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2172
|
|
449
|
2173 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 /*
|
|
|
2176 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2177 */
|
|
449
|
2178 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2179 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2180 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2181 {
|
|
|
2182 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2183 ++count;
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
464
|
2185 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2186 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2187 }
|
|
|
2188 return count;
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190
|
|
574
|
2191 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2192 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2193 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2194 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2195
|
|
|
2196 /*
|
|
|
2197 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2198 */
|
|
|
2199 static void
|
|
|
2200 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2201 {
|
|
|
2202 int h;
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2207 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2208 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2209 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2215 */
|
|
|
2216 static void
|
|
|
2217 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2218 {
|
|
|
2219 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2222 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2223 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2224 }
|
|
|
2225 }
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 /*
|
|
|
2228 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2229 */
|
|
|
2230 static int
|
|
|
2231 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2234 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2235 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2238 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2240 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2241 #endif
|
|
|
2242 )
|
|
|
2243 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2244 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2245 }
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 /*
|
|
|
2248 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2249 */
|
|
|
2250 static int
|
|
|
2251 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2252 {
|
|
|
2253 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2254 int i;
|
|
540
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2257 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2258 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2259 i = 0;
|
|
|
2260 do
|
|
|
2261 {
|
|
|
2262 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2263 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2264 break;
|
|
|
2265 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2266 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /*
|
|
|
2272 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2273 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2274 */
|
|
648
|
2275 void
|
|
540
|
2276 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2277 {
|
|
|
2278 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2279 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2280 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2281 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2282 int i;
|
|
|
2283 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2284 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2285 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2286
|
|
|
2287 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2288 return;
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2291 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2294 {
|
|
|
2295 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2296 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2297 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2298 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2299 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2300 do
|
|
|
2301 {
|
|
657
|
2302 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2303 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2304 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader, lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2305 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2306 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2307 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2308 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2309 return;
|
|
659
|
2310 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2311 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2312 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2313 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 i = 0;
|
|
|
2316 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2317 do
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
657
|
2319 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2320 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2321 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader,
|
|
|
2322 lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2323 {
|
|
659
|
2324 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2325 {
|
|
|
2326 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2329 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2330 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2331 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2332 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2333 }
|
|
|
2334 else
|
|
|
2335 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2336 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2337 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2338 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2339 }
|
|
|
2340 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2341 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2342 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2343 else
|
|
|
2344 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346
|
|
|
2347 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2348 {
|
|
|
2349 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2350 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2353 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2354 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2355 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2356 }
|
|
540
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2359 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2362 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365 else
|
|
|
2366 {
|
|
|
2367 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2368 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2369 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2370 break;
|
|
|
2371 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2372 }
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2377 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2378 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2379 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2380 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2381 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2382 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2383 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2384 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2385 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2386 }
|
|
|
2387 }
|
|
|
2388
|
|
7
|
2389 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2390 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2391
|
|
7
|
2392 /*
|
|
|
2393 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2394 * completions.
|
|
|
2395 */
|
|
|
2396 static void
|
|
659
|
2397 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
7
|
2398 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2399 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2400 int flags;
|
|
|
2401 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
|
2403 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2404 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2405 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2406 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2407 int add_r;
|
|
|
2408 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2409 int count;
|
|
|
2410 int i;
|
|
|
2411 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2412 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2415 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2416 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2417 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2418 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2419 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2420 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2421 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2422 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2423 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2424 {
|
|
|
2425 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2426 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2427 {
|
|
|
2428 count = 1;
|
|
|
2429 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431 else
|
|
|
2432 {
|
|
|
2433 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2434 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2435 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2436 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2437 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2438 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2439 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2440 count = 0;
|
|
|
2441 }
|
|
|
2442
|
|
449
|
2443 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2444 {
|
|
|
2445 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2446 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2447 {
|
|
274
|
2448 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2449 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2450 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2451 }
|
|
|
2452
|
|
|
2453 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2454 {
|
|
|
2455 /*
|
|
|
2456 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2457 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2458 */
|
|
449
|
2459 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2460 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2463 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2466 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2467 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2468 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2469 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2470 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2471 {
|
|
|
2472 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 /*
|
|
|
2475 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2476 */
|
|
|
2477 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2480 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2481 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2482 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2483 break;
|
|
|
2484 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2488 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2489 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2490 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2491 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2492 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2493 {
|
|
474
|
2494 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2497 break;
|
|
|
2498 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500 else
|
|
|
2501 #endif
|
|
|
2502 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2503 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2504 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2508 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2509 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2510 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2511 break;
|
|
|
2512 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2513 * of line */
|
|
|
2514 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2515 break;
|
|
|
2516 }
|
|
|
2517 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2518 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522 }
|
|
|
2523 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2524 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2525 if (flags)
|
|
|
2526 break;
|
|
|
2527 }
|
|
|
2528 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2529 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2530 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 /*
|
|
|
2534 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2535 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2536 */
|
|
|
2537 char_u *
|
|
|
2538 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2539 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2542 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2543 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2544 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2545 else
|
|
|
2546 #endif
|
|
|
2547 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2548 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2549 return ptr;
|
|
|
2550 }
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 /*
|
|
|
2553 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2554 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2555 */
|
|
|
2556 char_u *
|
|
|
2557 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2558 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2561 int start_class;
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2564 {
|
|
|
2565 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2566 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2567 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2568 {
|
|
474
|
2569 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2570 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2571 break;
|
|
|
2572 }
|
|
|
2573 }
|
|
|
2574 else
|
|
|
2575 #endif
|
|
|
2576 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2577 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2578 return ptr;
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 /*
|
|
|
2582 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2583 */
|
|
|
2584 static void
|
|
|
2585 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
464
|
2587 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2588
|
|
449
|
2589 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2590 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2591 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2592 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2593
|
|
|
2594 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2595 return;
|
|
540
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2598 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2599
|
|
449
|
2600 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2601 do
|
|
|
2602 {
|
|
449
|
2603 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2604 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2605 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2606 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2607 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2608 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2609 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2610 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2611 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2612 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2613 }
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 static void
|
|
|
2616 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2617 {
|
|
449
|
2618 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2619 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2620 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2621 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2622 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2623 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2624 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2625 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2626 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 /*
|
|
659
|
2630 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2631 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2632 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2633 */
|
|
|
2634 static int
|
|
|
2635 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2636 {
|
|
|
2637 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2638 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2639
|
|
|
2640 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2643 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2644 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2645 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2646 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2650 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2651 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2654 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2655 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2658 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2659 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 if (!compl_started)
|
|
|
2662 {
|
|
|
2663 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2664 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2665 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2666 else
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2669 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2670 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2671 }
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2675 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2676 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2679 }
|
|
|
2680 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2681 }
|
|
|
2682
|
|
|
2683 /*
|
|
|
2684 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2685 * matches.
|
|
|
2686 */
|
|
|
2687 static void
|
|
|
2688 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2689 int c;
|
|
|
2690 {
|
|
|
2691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2692 int cc;
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2697
|
|
|
2698 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2699 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2700 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702 else
|
|
|
2703 #endif
|
|
|
2704 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2707 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2708 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2709 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2710 {
|
|
|
2711 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2712 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2713 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2714 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716 }
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 /*
|
|
659
|
2719 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2720 * matches.
|
|
|
2721 */
|
|
|
2722 static void
|
|
|
2723 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2724 {
|
|
|
2725 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2726 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2727 int c;
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2730 if (STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
|
2731 return;
|
|
|
2732 p += len;
|
|
|
2733 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2734 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2735 #else
|
|
|
2736 c = *p;
|
|
|
2737 #endif
|
|
|
2738 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2739 }
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 /*
|
|
7
|
2742 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2743 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2744 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2745 */
|
|
540
|
2746 static int
|
|
7
|
2747 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2748 int c;
|
|
|
2749 {
|
|
|
2750 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2751 int temp;
|
|
|
2752 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2753 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2756 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2757 */
|
|
|
2758 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2759 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2762 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2763 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2766 {
|
|
|
2767 /*
|
|
|
2768 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2769 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2770 */
|
|
|
2771 switch (c)
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2774 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2775 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2776 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2777 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2778 else
|
|
|
2779 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2780 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2781 showmode();
|
|
|
2782 break;
|
|
|
2783 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2784 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2785 break;
|
|
|
2786 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2787 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2788 break;
|
|
|
2789 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2790 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2791 break;
|
|
|
2792 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2793 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2794 break;
|
|
|
2795 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2796 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2797 break;
|
|
12
|
2798 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2799 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2800 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2801 break;
|
|
449
|
2802 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2803 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2804 break;
|
|
502
|
2805 #endif
|
|
477
|
2806 case 's':
|
|
|
2807 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2808 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2809 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2810 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2811 #endif
|
|
477
|
2812 break;
|
|
7
|
2813 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2814 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2815 break;
|
|
|
2816 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2817 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2818 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2819 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2820 break;
|
|
|
2821 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2822 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2823 break;
|
|
|
2824 #endif
|
|
|
2825 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2826 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2827 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2828 break;
|
|
|
2829 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2830 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2831 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2832 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2833 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2834 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2835 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2836 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2837 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2838 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2839 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2840 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2841 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2842 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2843 default:
|
|
449
|
2844 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2845 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2846 * mode).
|
|
|
2847 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2848 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2849 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2850 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2851 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2852 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2853 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2854 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2855 {
|
|
449
|
2856 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2857 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2858 else
|
|
449
|
2859 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2860 }
|
|
|
2861 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2862 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2863 showmode();
|
|
|
2864 break;
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 }
|
|
|
2867 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2870 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2873 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2874 else
|
|
|
2875 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2876 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878 showmode();
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
449
|
2881 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2884 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2885 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2886 showmode();
|
|
644
|
2887 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
2888 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
2889 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2890 {
|
|
|
2891 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2892 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2893 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2894 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2895 {
|
|
449
|
2896 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2897
|
|
7
|
2898 /*
|
|
|
2899 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2900 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2901 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2902 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2903 */
|
|
464
|
2904 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2905 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2906 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2907 {
|
|
449
|
2908 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2909 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2910 }
|
|
449
|
2911 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2912 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2913 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2917 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2918 #endif
|
|
|
2919 /*
|
|
|
2920 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2921 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2922 */
|
|
449
|
2923 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2926 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2927 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2930 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932 #endif
|
|
|
2933 }
|
|
|
2934 else
|
|
|
2935 {
|
|
|
2936 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2937 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2938 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2939 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2940 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2944
|
|
540
|
2945 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2946 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2947 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2948 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2949
|
|
7
|
2950 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2951 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2952 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2953 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2954 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2955 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2956 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2957 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
|
2959 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2960 showmode();
|
|
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2964 /*
|
|
|
2965 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2966 */
|
|
|
2967 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2968 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2969 #endif
|
|
|
2970 }
|
|
|
2971 }
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2974 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2975 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2976 {
|
|
449
|
2977 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2978 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2979 }
|
|
540
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2982 }
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 /*
|
|
|
2985 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2986 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2987 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2988 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2989 *
|
|
|
2990 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2991 */
|
|
|
2992 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2993 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2994 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2995 int flag;
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
|
2997 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2998 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2999 #endif
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3002 {
|
|
|
3003 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3004 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3005 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3006 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3007 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3008 ;
|
|
|
3009 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3010 #else
|
|
|
3011 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3012 #endif
|
|
|
3013 }
|
|
|
3014 else
|
|
|
3015 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3016 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3017 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3018 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3019 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3020 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3021 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3022 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
3023 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
3024 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
3025 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
3026 ;
|
|
|
3027 return buf;
|
|
|
3028 }
|
|
|
3029
|
|
12
|
3030 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3031 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 /*
|
|
523
|
3034 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3035 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3036 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3037 */
|
|
659
|
3038 static void
|
|
|
3039 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3040 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3041 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3042 {
|
|
452
|
3043 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3044 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3045 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3046 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3047 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3048 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3049 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3050 char_u *x;
|
|
502
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3053 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3054 return;
|
|
452
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3057 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3058 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3061 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3062 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3063 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3064 return;
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3067 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3068 {
|
|
659
|
3069 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3070 {
|
|
|
3071 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3072 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 else
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3077 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3078 }
|
|
452
|
3079 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3080 {
|
|
659
|
3081 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
|
3082 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3083 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3084 }
|
|
648
|
3085 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3086 break;
|
|
452
|
3087 }
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3090 }
|
|
|
3091 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3092
|
|
449
|
3093 /*
|
|
|
3094 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3095 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3096 * compl_direction.
|
|
449
|
3097 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
3098 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
3099 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3100 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 static int
|
|
659
|
3103 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3104 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3107 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3108 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3109 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3110 certain type. */
|
|
|
3111 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3112
|
|
464
|
3113 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3114 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3115 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3116 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3117 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3118 int i;
|
|
|
3119 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3120 int len;
|
|
|
3121 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3122 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3123 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3124 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3125 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3126 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3127
|
|
449
|
3128 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3129 {
|
|
|
3130 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3131 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3132 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3133 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3134 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3135 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3136 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3137 }
|
|
|
3138
|
|
449
|
3139 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3140 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3141 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3142 for (;;)
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3145
|
|
449
|
3146 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3147 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3148 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3149 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3150 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3151 {
|
|
|
3152 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3153 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3154 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3155 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3156 {
|
|
|
3157 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3158 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3159 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3160 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3161 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3162 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3163 type = 0;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3166 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3169 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
449
|
3171 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3172 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3173 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3174 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3175 type = 0;
|
|
|
3176 }
|
|
|
3177 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3180 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3181 continue;
|
|
|
3182 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3183 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3184 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
274
|
3186 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3187 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3188 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3189 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3190 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3191 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3192 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3195 break;
|
|
|
3196 else
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3199 type = -1;
|
|
|
3200 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3203 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3204 else
|
|
|
3205 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3206 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3207 {
|
|
|
3208 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3209 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3210 }
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
|
3212 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3213 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3214 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3215 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3216 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3217 #endif
|
|
|
3218 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
|
3220 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3221 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3222 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3223 }
|
|
|
3224 else
|
|
|
3225 type = -1;
|
|
|
3226
|
|
|
3227 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3228 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3231 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3232 continue;
|
|
|
3233 }
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 switch (type)
|
|
|
3237 {
|
|
|
3238 case -1:
|
|
|
3239 break;
|
|
|
3240 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3241 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3242 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3243 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3244 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3245 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3246 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3247 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3248 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3249 break;
|
|
|
3250 #endif
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3253 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3254 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3255 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3256 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3257 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3258 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3259 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3260 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3261 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3262 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3263 compl_pattern,
|
|
7
|
3264 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3265 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3266 break;
|
|
|
3267
|
|
|
3268 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3269 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3270 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3271 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3274 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3275 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3276 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3277 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3278 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
659
|
3280 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3283 break;
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3286 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3287 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3291 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
659
|
3292 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3293 }
|
|
|
3294 break;
|
|
|
3295
|
|
|
3296 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3297 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3298 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3299 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
659
|
3300 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3301 break;
|
|
|
3302
|
|
12
|
3303 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3304 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3305 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3306 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3307 break;
|
|
|
3308 #endif
|
|
|
3309
|
|
477
|
3310 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3311 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3312 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3313 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3314 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
659
|
3315 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
477
|
3316 #endif
|
|
|
3317 break;
|
|
|
3318
|
|
7
|
3319 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3320 /*
|
|
|
3321 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3322 */
|
|
|
3323 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3324 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3325 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3326
|
|
7
|
3327 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3328 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3329 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3330 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3331 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3332 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3333 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3334 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3335 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3336 for (;;)
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
464
|
3338 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3339
|
|
540
|
3340 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3341 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3342 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3343 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3344 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3345 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3346 else
|
|
659
|
3347 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3348 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3349 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3350 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3351 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3352 {
|
|
449
|
3353 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3354 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3355 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3356 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
|
3358 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3359 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3360 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3361 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3362 {
|
|
|
3363 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3364 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3365 break;
|
|
|
3366 }
|
|
|
3367
|
|
|
3368 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3369 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3370 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3371 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3372 continue;
|
|
|
3373 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3374 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3375 {
|
|
449
|
3376 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3379 continue;
|
|
|
3380 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3381 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3382 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3383 }
|
|
|
3384 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3385 }
|
|
|
3386 else
|
|
|
3387 {
|
|
449
|
3388 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3391 {
|
|
449
|
3392 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3393 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3394 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3395 continue;
|
|
|
3396 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3397 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3400 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3401 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3402
|
|
449
|
3403 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3404 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3405 {
|
|
|
3406 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3409 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3410 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3411 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3412 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3413 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3414 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3415 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3416 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3417 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3418 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3419 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3420 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3421 {
|
|
419
|
3422 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3423 {
|
|
419
|
3424 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3425 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3426 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3427 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3428 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3429 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3430 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3431 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3432 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3433 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3436 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3437 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3438 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3439 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3440 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3443 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
449
|
3445 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3446 continue;
|
|
|
3447 }
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3450 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3451 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3452 {
|
|
|
3453 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3454 break;
|
|
|
3455 }
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3458 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3459 }
|
|
540
|
3460
|
|
449
|
3461 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3462 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3463 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3464 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3465
|
|
|
3466 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3467 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3468 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3469 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3470 {
|
|
|
3471 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3472 break;
|
|
|
3473 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3474 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3475 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3476 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3477 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3478 break;
|
|
|
3479 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481 else
|
|
|
3482 {
|
|
|
3483 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3484 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3485 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
449
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3493 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3494 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3497 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3498 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3499 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3502 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3503 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3504 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3505 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3506 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3507 return i;
|
|
|
3508 }
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3511 static void
|
|
|
3512 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 int i;
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 /*
|
|
|
3517 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3518 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3519 */
|
|
449
|
3520 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3521 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3522 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3526 static void
|
|
|
3527 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3528 {
|
|
464
|
3529 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3530 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3531 }
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 /*
|
|
|
3534 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3535 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3536 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3537 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3538 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3539 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3540 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3541 *
|
|
449
|
3542 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3543 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3544 *
|
|
|
3545 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3546 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3547 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3548 */
|
|
|
3549 static int
|
|
610
|
3550 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
|
7
|
3551 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3552 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3553 be at least 1 */
|
|
7
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3556 int i;
|
|
610
|
3557 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3558 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3559 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3560
|
|
|
3561 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3562 {
|
|
|
3563 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3564 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3565 }
|
|
449
|
3566 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3569 * around. */
|
|
|
3570 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3571 {
|
|
|
3572 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3573 {
|
|
|
3574 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3575 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3576 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3577 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3578 }
|
|
|
3579 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3580 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
657
|
3582 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3583 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3584 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3585 }
|
|
|
3586 else
|
|
610
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3589 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3590 return -1;
|
|
|
3591
|
|
659
|
3592 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
657
|
3593 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3594 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3595 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3598 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3599 && STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3600 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0)
|
|
|
3601 ++todo;
|
|
|
3602 else
|
|
|
3603 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3604 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3607 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3610 {
|
|
657
|
3611 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3612 break;
|
|
610
|
3613 }
|
|
657
|
3614 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3615 }
|
|
7
|
3616 }
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3619 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3622 {
|
|
540
|
3623 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3624 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3627 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3628
|
|
7
|
3629 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3630 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3631 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3632 }
|
|
|
3633
|
|
|
3634 /*
|
|
|
3635 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3636 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3637 */
|
|
464
|
3638 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3639 {
|
|
|
3640 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3641 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3642 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3643 i = 0;
|
|
|
3644 else
|
|
|
3645 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3646 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3647 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3648 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 /*
|
|
|
3655 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3656 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3657 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3658 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3659 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3660 */
|
|
|
3661 void
|
|
464
|
3662 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3663 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3664 {
|
|
|
3665 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 int c;
|
|
|
3668
|
|
|
3669 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3670 * scripts */
|
|
|
3671 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3672 return;
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3675 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3676 return;
|
|
|
3677 count = 0;
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3680 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3681 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3682 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
|
3686 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3687 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
|
3688 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
7
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3691 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
610
|
3694 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
3695 }
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 /*
|
|
|
3698 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3699 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3700 */
|
|
|
3701 static int
|
|
|
3702 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3703 int c;
|
|
|
3704 {
|
|
|
3705 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
|
3706 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
|
3707 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3708 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3709 }
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 /*
|
|
644
|
3712 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3713 * is visible.
|
|
|
3714 */
|
|
|
3715 static int
|
|
|
3716 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3717 int c;
|
|
|
3718 {
|
|
|
3719 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
3720 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN);
|
|
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 /*
|
|
610
|
3724 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3725 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3726 */
|
|
|
3727 static int
|
|
|
3728 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3729 int c;
|
|
|
3730 {
|
|
|
3731 int h;
|
|
|
3732
|
|
644
|
3733 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
3734 {
|
|
|
3735 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3736 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3737 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3738 return h;
|
|
|
3739 }
|
|
|
3740 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3741 }
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 /*
|
|
|
3744 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3745 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3746 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3747 */
|
|
|
3748 static int
|
|
|
3749 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3750 int c;
|
|
7
|
3751 {
|
|
449
|
3752 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3753 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3754 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3755 int n;
|
|
7
|
3756
|
|
610
|
3757 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3758 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3759 {
|
|
|
3760 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3763 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3764 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3767 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3768 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3769 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3770 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3771 #endif
|
|
|
3772 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3773 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3776 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3779 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3780 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3781 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3782 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3783 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3784 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3785 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3786 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3787 {
|
|
|
3788 /*
|
|
|
3789 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3790 */
|
|
449
|
3791 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3792 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3793 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3794 {
|
|
449
|
3795 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3796 {
|
|
449
|
3797 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3798 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3799 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3800 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3801 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3802 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3803 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3804 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3805 }
|
|
|
3806 else
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3809 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3810 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3811 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3812 {
|
|
449
|
3813 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3814 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3815 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3816 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3817 }
|
|
449
|
3818 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3819 }
|
|
449
|
3820 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3821 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3822 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3823 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3824 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3825 {
|
|
449
|
3826 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3827 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3828 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3829 }
|
|
449
|
3830 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3831 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3832 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3835 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3836 else
|
|
449
|
3837 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3838 }
|
|
|
3839 else
|
|
449
|
3840 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3845 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3846 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3847 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3848 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3849 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3850 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3851 }
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3854 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3855 {
|
|
449
|
3856 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3857 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
449
|
3859 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3860 {
|
|
449
|
3861 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3862 ;
|
|
449
|
3863 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3864 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3865 }
|
|
|
3866 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3867 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3868 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3869 else
|
|
449
|
3870 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3871 compl_length);
|
|
|
3872 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3873 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3874 }
|
|
449
|
3875 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3876 {
|
|
|
3877 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3880 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3881 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3882 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3883 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3884 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3885 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3886 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3887 && (
|
|
|
3888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3889 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3890 #else
|
|
449
|
3891 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3892 #endif
|
|
|
3893 )))
|
|
|
3894 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3895 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3896 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3897 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3898 }
|
|
449
|
3899 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3901 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3902 #else
|
|
449
|
3903 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3904 #endif
|
|
|
3905 )
|
|
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3908 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3909 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3910 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3911 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3912 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914 else
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
|
3916 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3917 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3918 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3919 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3920 {
|
|
|
3921 int base_class;
|
|
|
3922 int head_off;
|
|
|
3923
|
|
449
|
3924 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3925 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3926 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3927 {
|
|
449
|
3928 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3929 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3930 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3931 break;
|
|
449
|
3932 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934 }
|
|
|
3935 else
|
|
|
3936 #endif
|
|
449
|
3937 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3938 ;
|
|
449
|
3939 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3940 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3941 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3944 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3945 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3946 */
|
|
449
|
3947 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3948 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3949 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3950 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3951 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3952 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954 else
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
449
|
3956 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3957 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3958 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3959 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3960 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3961 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3962 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964 }
|
|
|
3965 }
|
|
|
3966 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3967 {
|
|
449
|
3968 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3969 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3970 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3971 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3972 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3973 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3974 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3975 else
|
|
449
|
3976 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3977 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3978 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3979 }
|
|
|
3980 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3981 {
|
|
449
|
3982 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3983 ;
|
|
449
|
3984 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3985 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3986 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3987 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3988 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3989 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3990 }
|
|
|
3991 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3992 {
|
|
449
|
3993 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3994 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3995 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3996 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3997 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3998 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3999 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4000 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4001 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4002 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4003 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4004 }
|
|
523
|
4005 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4006 {
|
|
12
|
4007 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4008 /*
|
|
502
|
4009 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4010 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4011 */
|
|
502
|
4012 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4013 int col;
|
|
502
|
4014 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4015 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4016
|
|
523
|
4017 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4018 * string */
|
|
|
4019 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4020 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4021 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4022 {
|
|
|
4023 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4024 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4025 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4026 }
|
|
452
|
4027
|
|
|
4028 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4029 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4030 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4031 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4032 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4033
|
|
452
|
4034 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4035 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4036 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4037 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4038 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4041 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4042 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4043 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4044 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4045 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4046 #endif
|
|
449
|
4047 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
477
|
4049 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4050 {
|
|
|
4051 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4052 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4053 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4054 else
|
|
|
4055 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4056 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4057 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4058 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4059 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4060 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4061 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4062 #endif
|
|
|
4063 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4064 }
|
|
449
|
4065 else
|
|
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4068 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4069 }
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4074 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
|
4076 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4077 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4078 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4081 #endif
|
|
449
|
4082 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4083 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4084 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4085 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4086 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4087 #endif
|
|
449
|
4088 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4089 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091 }
|
|
|
4092 else
|
|
|
4093 {
|
|
|
4094 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4095 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4096 }
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4099 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4100 else
|
|
|
4101 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
4104 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
4105 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
4106 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4107 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
659
|
4108 -1, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4111 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4112 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4113 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4114 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4115 }
|
|
|
4116
|
|
|
4117 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4118 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4119 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4120 */
|
|
|
4121 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4122 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4123 showmode();
|
|
|
4124 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4125 out_flush();
|
|
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127
|
|
449
|
4128 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4129 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 /*
|
|
|
4132 * Find next match.
|
|
|
4133 */
|
|
610
|
4134 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
449
|
4135
|
|
540
|
4136 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4137 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4138
|
|
449
|
4139 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4140 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4141 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4142 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4143 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4144
|
|
|
4145 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4146 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4149 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4150 }
|
|
|
4151
|
|
449
|
4152 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4153 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4154 {
|
|
|
4155 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4156 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4157 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4158 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4159 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4160 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4161 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4162 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4163 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4164 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4165 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4166 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4167 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4168 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170
|
|
464
|
4171 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4172 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4173 else
|
|
449
|
4174 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
464
|
4178 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4179 {
|
|
|
4180 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4181 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4182 }
|
|
449
|
4183 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4186 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4187 }
|
|
464
|
4188 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4191 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4192 }
|
|
|
4193 else
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4196 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4197 {
|
|
464
|
4198 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4199 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4200
|
|
449
|
4201 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4204 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4205 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4206 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4207 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4208 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4209 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4210 {
|
|
464
|
4211 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4212 break;
|
|
|
4213 }
|
|
|
4214 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4215 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4216 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4217 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4218 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4219 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4220 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4223 {
|
|
|
4224 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4225 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4226 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4227 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4228 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4229 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4230 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4231 {
|
|
464
|
4232 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4233 break;
|
|
|
4234 }
|
|
|
4235 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4236 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4237 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4238 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4239 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4240 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4241 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243 }
|
|
|
4244
|
|
540
|
4245 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4246 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4247 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4250 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4251
|
|
449
|
4252 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4253 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4254 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4255 else
|
|
449
|
4256 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4257 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4258 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4259 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4260 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4261 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4262 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4263 }
|
|
|
4264 }
|
|
|
4265 }
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4268 showmode();
|
|
|
4269 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4272 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4273 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4274 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4275 }
|
|
|
4276 else
|
|
|
4277 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4278
|
|
540
|
4279 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4280
|
|
7
|
4281 return OK;
|
|
|
4282 }
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4286 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4287 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4288 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4289 */
|
|
|
4290 static int
|
|
|
4291 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4292 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4293 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4294 int len;
|
|
|
4295 {
|
|
|
4296 int m;
|
|
|
4297
|
|
|
4298 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4299 {
|
|
|
4300 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4301 {
|
|
|
4302 case '.':
|
|
|
4303 case '*':
|
|
|
4304 case '[':
|
|
|
4305 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4306 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4307 break;
|
|
|
4308 case '~':
|
|
|
4309 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4310 break;
|
|
|
4311 case '\\':
|
|
|
4312 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4313 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4314 break;
|
|
|
4315 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4316 case '$':
|
|
|
4317 m++;
|
|
|
4318 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4319 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4320 break;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4323 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4324 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4325 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4326 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4327 {
|
|
|
4328 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4329
|
|
474
|
4330 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4331 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4332 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4333 {
|
|
|
4334 --len;
|
|
|
4335 ++src;
|
|
|
4336 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4337 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4338 }
|
|
|
4339 }
|
|
464
|
4340 # endif
|
|
7
|
4341 }
|
|
|
4342 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4343 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 return m;
|
|
|
4346 }
|
|
|
4347 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 /*
|
|
|
4350 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4351 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4352 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4353 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4354 */
|
|
|
4355 int
|
|
|
4356 get_literal()
|
|
|
4357 {
|
|
|
4358 int cc;
|
|
|
4359 int nc;
|
|
|
4360 int i;
|
|
|
4361 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4362 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4364 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4365 #endif
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4368 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4371 /*
|
|
|
4372 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4373 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4374 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4375 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4378 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4379 #endif
|
|
|
4380 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4381 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4382 #endif
|
|
|
4383 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4384 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4385 i = 0;
|
|
|
4386 for (;;)
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 do
|
|
|
4389 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4390 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4391 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4392 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4393 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4394 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4395 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4396 # endif
|
|
|
4397 )
|
|
|
4398 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4399 #endif
|
|
|
4400 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4401 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4402 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4403 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4404 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4405 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4406 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4407 #endif
|
|
|
4408 else
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 if (hex
|
|
|
4411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4412 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4413 #endif
|
|
|
4414 )
|
|
|
4415 {
|
|
|
4416 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4417 break;
|
|
|
4418 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4419 }
|
|
|
4420 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4421 {
|
|
|
4422 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4423 break;
|
|
|
4424 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4425 }
|
|
|
4426 else
|
|
|
4427 {
|
|
|
4428 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4429 break;
|
|
|
4430 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 ++i;
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4438 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
|
4440 )
|
|
|
4441 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4442 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4445 {
|
|
|
4446 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4447 break;
|
|
|
4448 }
|
|
|
4449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4450 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4453 break;
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455 #endif
|
|
|
4456 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4457 break;
|
|
|
4458 }
|
|
|
4459 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4460 {
|
|
|
4461 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
|
4463 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4464 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4465 }
|
|
|
4466 else
|
|
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4469 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4470 }
|
|
|
4471 }
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4474 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4476 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4477 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4478 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4479 #endif
|
|
7
|
4480
|
|
|
4481 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4483 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4484 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4485 #endif
|
|
|
4486 if (nc)
|
|
|
4487 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4488 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4489 return cc;
|
|
|
4490 }
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 /*
|
|
|
4493 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4494 */
|
|
|
4495 static void
|
|
|
4496 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4497 int c;
|
|
|
4498 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4499 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4500 {
|
|
|
4501 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4502 int len;
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 /*
|
|
|
4505 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4506 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4507 * mode.
|
|
|
4508 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4509 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4510 */
|
|
|
4511 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4512 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4513 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4514 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4515 #endif
|
|
|
4516 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4517 {
|
|
|
4518 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4519 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4520 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4521 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4524 return;
|
|
|
4525 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4526 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4527 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4528 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530 }
|
|
|
4531 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4532 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4533 }
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 /*
|
|
|
4536 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4537 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4538 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4539 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4540 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4541 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4542 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4543 */
|
|
|
4544 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4545 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4546 #else
|
|
|
4547 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4548 #endif
|
|
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4551 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4552 #else
|
|
|
4553 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4554 #endif
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 void
|
|
|
4557 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4558 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4559 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4560 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4563 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4564 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4565 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4566 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4567 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4568 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4569 #endif
|
|
|
4570 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4571 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4572 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4574 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4575 #endif
|
|
|
4576 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4577 int cc;
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4580 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4582 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4583 #endif
|
|
|
4584 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 /*
|
|
|
4587 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4588 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4589 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4590 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4591 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4592 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4593 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4594 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4595 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4596 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4597 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4598 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4599 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4600 */
|
|
|
4601 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4602 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4603 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4604 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4607 #endif
|
|
|
4608 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4609 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4610 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4611 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4612 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4613 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4614 ))))))
|
|
|
4615 {
|
|
|
4616 /*
|
|
|
4617 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4618 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4619 */
|
|
|
4620 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4621 {
|
|
|
4622 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4623 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4624 {
|
|
|
4625 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4626 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4627 }
|
|
|
4628 }
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 /*
|
|
|
4631 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4632 */
|
|
|
4633 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
|
4635 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4636 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4637 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4638 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4639 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4640 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4641 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4642 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4643 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4644 #endif
|
|
|
4645 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4646
|
|
|
4647 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4648 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4649 break;
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4652 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4653 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4654 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4655 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4656 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4659 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4660 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4661 else
|
|
|
4662 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4665 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4666 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4667 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4668 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4669 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4670 #endif
|
|
|
4671 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4672 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4673 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4674 #endif
|
|
|
4675 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 {
|
|
|
4678 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4679 break;
|
|
|
4680 }
|
|
|
4681 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4682 break;
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4685 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4686 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4690 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4691 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4692 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4693 #endif
|
|
|
4694 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 /*
|
|
|
4697 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4698 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4699 */
|
|
|
4700 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4701 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4702 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4703 {
|
|
|
4704 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4705 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4708 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4711 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4714 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4715 }
|
|
|
4716 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4717 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4718 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4719 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4720 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4721 break;
|
|
|
4722 #endif
|
|
|
4723 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4726 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4727 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4730 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4731 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4732
|
|
|
4733 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4734 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4735 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4738 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4739 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4740 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4741 else
|
|
|
4742 #endif
|
|
|
4743 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4744 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4745 break;
|
|
|
4746 }
|
|
|
4747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4748 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4749 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4750 {
|
|
|
4751 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4752 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4753 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4754 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4755 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4756 break;
|
|
|
4757 }
|
|
|
4758 #endif
|
|
|
4759 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4760 break;
|
|
|
4761 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4765 {
|
|
|
4766 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4767 break;
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4771 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 /*
|
|
|
4774 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4775 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4776 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4777 */
|
|
|
4778 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4779 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4780 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4781 else
|
|
|
4782 #endif
|
|
|
4783 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 /*
|
|
|
4786 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4787 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4788 */
|
|
|
4789 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4790 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4791 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4792 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4793 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4794 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4797 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4798 {
|
|
|
4799 /*
|
|
|
4800 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4801 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4802 */
|
|
|
4803 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4804 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4805 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4806 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4807 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4810 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4811 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4812 }
|
|
|
4813 else
|
|
|
4814 #endif
|
|
|
4815 {
|
|
|
4816 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4817 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4818 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4819 }
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 /*
|
|
|
4822 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4823 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4824 */
|
|
|
4825 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4826 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4827 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4828 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4829 #endif
|
|
|
4830 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4831 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4834 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4835 {
|
|
|
4836 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4837 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4838 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4841 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4842 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4843 else
|
|
|
4844 #endif
|
|
|
4845 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4846 }
|
|
|
4847 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4851 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4852 {
|
|
|
4853 /*
|
|
|
4854 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4855 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4858 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
|
4860 else
|
|
|
4861 #endif
|
|
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 /*
|
|
|
4864 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4865 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4866 */
|
|
|
4867 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4868 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4869 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4870 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4871 }
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4874 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4875 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4876 #endif
|
|
|
4877 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4878 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4879 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4880 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4881 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4882 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4883 #endif
|
|
|
4884 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4885 }
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4888 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4889
|
|
|
4890 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4891 return;
|
|
|
4892 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 update_topline();
|
|
|
4895 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4896 }
|
|
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4899 return;
|
|
|
4900
|
|
|
4901 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4902 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4903 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4906 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4907 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4908 int i;
|
|
|
4909
|
|
|
4910 /*
|
|
|
4911 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4912 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4913 */
|
|
|
4914 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4915 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4916 {
|
|
|
4917 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4918 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4919 ++p;
|
|
|
4920 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4921 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4922 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4923 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4926 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4927 ++p;
|
|
|
4928 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4931 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4932 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4933 ;
|
|
|
4934 i++;
|
|
|
4935
|
|
|
4936 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4937 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4940 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4941 {
|
|
|
4942 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4943 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /*
|
|
|
4946 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4947 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4948 */
|
|
|
4949 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4950 }
|
|
|
4951 }
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4954 #endif
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4957 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4958 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4959 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4960 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4961 #endif
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 /*
|
|
|
4964 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4965 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4966 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4967 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4968 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4971 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4972 #endif
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4976 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4977 #endif
|
|
|
4978 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4979 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4980 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4981 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4982 #endif
|
|
|
4983 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4984 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4985 #endif
|
|
|
4986 )
|
|
|
4987 {
|
|
|
4988 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4989 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4990 int i;
|
|
|
4991 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4994 i = 1;
|
|
|
4995 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4996 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4997 /*
|
|
|
4998 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4999 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5000 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5001 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5002 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5003 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5006 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5008 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5009 #endif
|
|
|
5010 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5011 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5012 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5013 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5014 {
|
|
|
5015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5016 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5017 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5018 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5019 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5020 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5021 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5022 # endif
|
|
|
5023 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5024 #else
|
|
|
5025 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5026 #endif
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5030 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5031 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5032 #endif
|
|
|
5033 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5034 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5035 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5036 {
|
|
|
5037 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5038 i = 1;
|
|
|
5039 }
|
|
|
5040 else
|
|
|
5041 i = 0;
|
|
|
5042 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5043 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5044 }
|
|
|
5045 else
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5048 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5053 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5054 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5055 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5056 }
|
|
|
5057 else
|
|
|
5058 #endif
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5061 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5062 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5063 else
|
|
|
5064 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
|
5066 }
|
|
|
5067 }
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 /*
|
|
|
5070 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5071 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5072 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5073 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5074 * saved here.
|
|
|
5075 */
|
|
|
5076 void
|
|
|
5077 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5078 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5079 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5082 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5083 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5084 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5085 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5086 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5089 return;
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5092 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5093
|
|
|
5094 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5095 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5098 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5099 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5100 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5101 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5102 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5103 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5104 {
|
|
|
5105 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5106 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5107 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5108 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5109 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5110 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5111 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5112 {
|
|
|
5113 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5114 return;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5117 }
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5120 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5121 * comments. */
|
|
|
5122 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5123 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5124 return;
|
|
|
5125 #endif
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 /*
|
|
|
5128 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5129 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5130 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5131 */
|
|
|
5132 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5133 {
|
|
|
5134 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5135 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5136 return;
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 /*
|
|
|
5140 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5141 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5142 */
|
|
|
5143 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5144 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5145 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5146 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5149 {
|
|
|
5150 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5151 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5152 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5153 }
|
|
|
5154 else
|
|
|
5155 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5158 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5159 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5160 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5161 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5162 {
|
|
|
5163 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5164 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5165 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5166 {
|
|
|
5167 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5168 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5169 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5170 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5171 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5172 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174 else
|
|
|
5175 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5176 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5177 }
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5180 }
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 /*
|
|
|
5183 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5184 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5185 * position.
|
|
|
5186 */
|
|
|
5187 static void
|
|
|
5188 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5189 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5192 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5195 {
|
|
301
|
5196 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5197 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5198 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5199 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5200 else
|
|
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5203 {
|
|
|
5204 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5205 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5206 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5207 }
|
|
|
5208 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5209 {
|
|
|
5210 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5211 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5212 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5213 }
|
|
|
5214 }
|
|
|
5215 }
|
|
|
5216 }
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 /*
|
|
|
5219 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5220 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5221 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5222 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5223 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5224 */
|
|
|
5225 int
|
|
|
5226 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5227 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5228 {
|
|
|
5229 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5232 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5233 {
|
|
|
5234 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5235 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5236 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5237 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5238 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5239 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5240 #endif
|
|
|
5241 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5242 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5243 #endif
|
|
|
5244 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5245 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5246 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5247 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5248 # endif
|
|
|
5249 )
|
|
|
5250 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5251 #endif
|
|
|
5252 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5253 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5254 }
|
|
|
5255 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5256 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5257 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5258 {
|
|
|
5259 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5260 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5261 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5264 }
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 /*
|
|
|
5267 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5268 */
|
|
|
5269 static void
|
|
|
5270 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5271 int c;
|
|
|
5272 {
|
|
|
5273 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5276 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5277 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5280 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
|
5282 else
|
|
|
5283 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 /*
|
|
|
5287 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5288 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5289 */
|
|
|
5290 static void
|
|
|
5291 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5292 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5297 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5298 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
221
|
5300 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5301 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5302 #endif
|
|
7
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304
|
|
221
|
5305 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5306 /*
|
|
|
5307 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5308 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5309 */
|
|
|
5310 static void
|
|
|
5311 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5312 {
|
|
|
5313 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5314 {
|
|
|
5315 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5318 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320 }
|
|
484
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 /*
|
|
|
5323 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5324 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5325 */
|
|
|
5326 static void
|
|
|
5327 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5328 {
|
|
|
5329 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5330
|
|
499
|
5331 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5332 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5333 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5334 }
|
|
221
|
5335 #endif
|
|
|
5336
|
|
7
|
5337 /*
|
|
|
5338 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5339 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5340 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5341 */
|
|
|
5342 int
|
|
|
5343 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5344 {
|
|
|
5345 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5346 {
|
|
|
5347 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5348 {
|
|
|
5349 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5350 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5351 }
|
|
|
5352 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5353 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5354 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5355 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5356 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5359 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361 #endif
|
|
|
5362 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5363 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5364 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5369 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5370 }
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5373 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5374 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5375 #endif
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 /*
|
|
|
5381 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5382 */
|
|
|
5383 static void
|
|
|
5384 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5385 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5386 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5387 {
|
|
603
|
5388 int cc;
|
|
|
5389 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5392 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 /*
|
|
603
|
5395 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5396 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5397 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5398 */
|
|
603
|
5399 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5400 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5401 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5404 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5405 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407 else
|
|
|
5408 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5411 {
|
|
|
5412 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5413 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5414 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5415 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5416 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5417 {
|
|
10
|
5418 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
7
|
5420 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5421 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5422 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5423 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5424 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5425 {
|
|
|
5426 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5427 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5428 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5429 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5430 }
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5433
|
|
10
|
5434 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5437 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5438 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5439 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5440 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5441 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5442 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5443 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5444 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5445 #endif
|
|
|
5446 }
|
|
7
|
5447 }
|
|
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5450 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5453 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5454 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5455 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5456 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5457 {
|
|
10
|
5458 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5461 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5462 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5463 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5464 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5465 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5466 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5467 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5468 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5471 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5472 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5473 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5474 {
|
|
|
5475 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5476 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5479 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5480 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5481 # endif
|
|
|
5482 }
|
|
|
5483 }
|
|
|
5484 #endif
|
|
|
5485 }
|
|
|
5486 }
|
|
|
5487 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5488 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5489 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5490 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5491 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5492 #endif
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5495 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5496 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 /*
|
|
|
5500 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5501 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5502 */
|
|
|
5503 void
|
|
|
5504 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5505 int c;
|
|
|
5506 {
|
|
|
5507 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5511 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5512 #else
|
|
|
5513 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5514 #endif
|
|
|
5515 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5518 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5519 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5520 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5521 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5522 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5523 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5524 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526 }
|
|
|
5527
|
|
359
|
5528 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5529 void
|
|
|
5530 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5531 {
|
|
|
5532 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5533 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5534 }
|
|
|
5535 #endif
|
|
|
5536
|
|
7
|
5537 /*
|
|
|
5538 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5539 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5540 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5541 */
|
|
|
5542 char_u *
|
|
|
5543 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5544 int c;
|
|
|
5545 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
|
5547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5548 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5549 int i;
|
|
|
5550 int len;
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5553 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5554 {
|
|
|
5555 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5556 #endif
|
|
|
5557 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5558 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5559 {
|
|
|
5560 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5561 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5562 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5565 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5566 {
|
|
|
5567 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5568 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5569 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5570 }
|
|
|
5571 #endif
|
|
|
5572 else
|
|
|
5573 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5575 }
|
|
|
5576 #endif
|
|
|
5577 return s;
|
|
|
5578 }
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 /*
|
|
|
5581 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5582 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5583 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5584 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5585 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5586 */
|
|
|
5587 void
|
|
|
5588 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5589 int flags;
|
|
|
5590 {
|
|
|
5591 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5592 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5593 else
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5596 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5597 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5598 #endif
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5601 {
|
|
|
5602 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5605 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5606 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5607 }
|
|
|
5608 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5609 }
|
|
|
5610 }
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 /*
|
|
|
5613 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5614 *
|
|
|
5615 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5616 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5617 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5618 */
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 int
|
|
|
5621 oneright()
|
|
|
5622 {
|
|
|
5623 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5625 int l;
|
|
|
5626 #endif
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5629 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5630 {
|
|
|
5631 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5634 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5635 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5637 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5638 #else
|
|
|
5639 *ptr
|
|
|
5640 #endif
|
|
|
5641 ))
|
|
|
5642 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5643 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5644 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5645 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5646 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648 #endif
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5652 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5655 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5656 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5657 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5658 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5659 }
|
|
|
5660 else
|
|
|
5661 #endif
|
|
|
5662 {
|
|
|
5663 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5664 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5665 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5669 return OK;
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671
|
|
|
5672 int
|
|
|
5673 oneleft()
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5676 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5677 {
|
|
|
5678 int width;
|
|
|
5679 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5682 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5685 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5686 width = 1;
|
|
|
5687 for (;;)
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5690 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5691 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5692 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5693 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5694 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5695 # endif
|
|
|
5696 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5697 break;
|
|
|
5698 ++width;
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700 # else
|
|
|
5701 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5702 # endif
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5705 {
|
|
|
5706 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5709 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5710 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5711 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5712 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5713 # else
|
|
|
5714 *ptr
|
|
|
5715 # endif
|
|
|
5716 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5717 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5721 return OK;
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 #endif
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5726 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5729 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5732 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5733 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5734 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5735 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5736 #endif
|
|
|
5737 return OK;
|
|
|
5738 }
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 int
|
|
|
5741 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5742 long n;
|
|
|
5743 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5744 {
|
|
|
5745 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5750 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5751 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5752 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5753 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5754 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5755 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5756 else
|
|
|
5757 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5758 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5759 {
|
|
|
5760 /*
|
|
|
5761 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5762 */
|
|
|
5763 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5764 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 while (n--)
|
|
|
5767 {
|
|
|
5768 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5769 --lnum;
|
|
|
5770 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5771 break;
|
|
|
5772 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5773 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5774 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5775 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5776 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5779 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5780 }
|
|
|
5781 else
|
|
|
5782 #endif
|
|
|
5783 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5784 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5788 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5791 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 return OK;
|
|
|
5794 }
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 /*
|
|
|
5797 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5798 */
|
|
|
5799 int
|
|
|
5800 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5801 long n;
|
|
|
5802 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5807 {
|
|
|
5808 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5809 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5810 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5811 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5812 #endif
|
|
161
|
5813 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5814 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5815 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5816 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5817 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5818 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5819 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5820 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5821 else
|
|
|
5822 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5823 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5824 {
|
|
|
5825 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5828 while (n--)
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5831 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5832 else
|
|
|
5833 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5834 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5835 break;
|
|
|
5836 }
|
|
|
5837 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5838 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5839 }
|
|
|
5840 else
|
|
|
5841 #endif
|
|
|
5842 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5843 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5844 }
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5847 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5850 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 return OK;
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 /*
|
|
|
5856 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5857 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5858 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5859 */
|
|
|
5860 int
|
|
|
5861 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5862 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5863 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5864 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5865 {
|
|
|
5866 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5867 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5868 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5869 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5872 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5875 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5876 }
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5879 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5880 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5881 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5882 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5885 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5886 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5887 */
|
|
|
5888 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5889 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5890 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5891 {
|
|
|
5892 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5893 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5894 }
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 do
|
|
|
5897 {
|
|
|
5898 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5899 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5900 if (last)
|
|
|
5901 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5902 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5903 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5904 }
|
|
|
5905 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 if (last)
|
|
|
5908 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5909
|
|
|
5910 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5911 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5912
|
|
|
5913 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5914 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5915 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 return OK;
|
|
|
5918 }
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 char_u *
|
|
|
5921 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5922 {
|
|
|
5923 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5924 return NULL;
|
|
|
5925 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5926 }
|
|
|
5927
|
|
|
5928 /*
|
|
|
5929 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5930 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5931 */
|
|
|
5932 char_u *
|
|
|
5933 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5934 {
|
|
|
5935 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5936 int len;
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5939 return NULL;
|
|
|
5940 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5941 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5942 {
|
|
|
5943 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5944 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5945 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5946 }
|
|
|
5947 return s;
|
|
|
5948 }
|
|
|
5949
|
|
|
5950 /*
|
|
|
5951 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5952 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5953 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5954 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5955 */
|
|
|
5956 static int
|
|
|
5957 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5958 int c;
|
|
|
5959 {
|
|
|
5960 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5961 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5962 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5963 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5966 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5967 }
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 /*
|
|
|
5970 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5971 *
|
|
|
5972 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5973 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5974 *
|
|
|
5975 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5976 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5977 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5978 *
|
|
|
5979 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5980 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5981 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5982 *
|
|
|
5983 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5984 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5985 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5986 */
|
|
|
5987
|
|
298
|
5988 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5989 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5990 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 void
|
|
|
5993 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5994 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5999 return;
|
|
|
6000 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6001 {
|
|
|
6002 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6003 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6004 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6005 {
|
|
|
6006 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6007 return;
|
|
|
6008 }
|
|
|
6009 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6010 {
|
|
|
6011 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6012 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6013 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6014 }
|
|
|
6015 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6016 }
|
|
|
6017 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6018 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6019 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6020 *p = c;
|
|
|
6021 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6022 }
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 /*
|
|
|
6025 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6026 */
|
|
|
6027 static void
|
|
|
6028 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6029 int c;
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6034 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6035 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6036 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6037 break;
|
|
|
6038 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6039 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6040 }
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 /*
|
|
|
6043 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6044 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6045 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6046 */
|
|
|
6047 static int
|
|
|
6048 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6051 return -1;
|
|
|
6052 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6053 }
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6057 * encountered.
|
|
|
6058 */
|
|
|
6059 static void
|
|
|
6060 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6061 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6062 {
|
|
|
6063 int i;
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6066 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6067 {
|
|
|
6068 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6069 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6070 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6071 return;
|
|
|
6072 }
|
|
|
6073 }
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 /*
|
|
|
6076 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6077 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6078 */
|
|
|
6079 static void
|
|
|
6080 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6081 {
|
|
|
6082 int cc;
|
|
|
6083 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6086 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6087 {
|
|
|
6088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6089 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6090 #else
|
|
|
6091 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6092 #endif
|
|
|
6093 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6094 }
|
|
|
6095 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6099 /*
|
|
|
6100 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6101 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6102 */
|
|
|
6103 static void
|
|
|
6104 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6105 int cc;
|
|
|
6106 {
|
|
|
6107 int n;
|
|
|
6108 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6109 int i;
|
|
|
6110 int c;
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6113 {
|
|
|
6114 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6115 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6116 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6117 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6118 }
|
|
|
6119 else
|
|
|
6120 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6121
|
|
|
6122 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6123 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6124 for (;;)
|
|
|
6125 {
|
|
|
6126 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6127 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6128 break;
|
|
|
6129 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6132 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6133 break;
|
|
|
6134 }
|
|
|
6135 else
|
|
|
6136 {
|
|
|
6137 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6138 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6139 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6140 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6141 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6142 else
|
|
|
6143 {
|
|
|
6144 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6145 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6146 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6147 break;
|
|
|
6148 }
|
|
|
6149 }
|
|
|
6150 }
|
|
|
6151 }
|
|
|
6152 #endif
|
|
|
6153
|
|
|
6154 /*
|
|
|
6155 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6156 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6157 */
|
|
|
6158 static void
|
|
|
6159 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6162 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6163 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6164 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6165 }
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167 /*
|
|
|
6168 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6169 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6170 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6171 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6172 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6173 */
|
|
|
6174 static void
|
|
|
6175 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6176 {
|
|
|
6177 int cc;
|
|
|
6178 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6179 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6180 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6181 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6182 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6183 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6184 int i;
|
|
|
6185 int vcol;
|
|
|
6186 #endif
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6189 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6192 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6193 {
|
|
|
6194 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6195 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6196 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6197 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199 #endif
|
|
|
6200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6201 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6204 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6205 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6206 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6207 # endif
|
|
|
6208 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6209 }
|
|
|
6210 else
|
|
|
6211 #endif
|
|
|
6212 {
|
|
|
6213 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6214 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6215 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6216 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6217 #endif
|
|
|
6218 }
|
|
|
6219 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6222 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6225 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6226 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6227 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6228 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6229 {
|
|
|
6230 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6232 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6233 #endif
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6236
|
|
|
6237 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6238 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6239 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6240 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6241 {
|
|
|
6242 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6243 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6244 }
|
|
|
6245 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6246 }
|
|
|
6247 #endif
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6250 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6251 }
|
|
|
6252 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6253 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6257 /*
|
|
|
6258 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6259 */
|
|
|
6260 static int
|
|
|
6261 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6262 {
|
|
|
6263 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6264 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6265 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6266 # endif
|
|
|
6267 ));
|
|
|
6268 }
|
|
|
6269 #endif
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6272 /*
|
|
|
6273 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6274 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6275 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6276 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6277 */
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 void
|
|
|
6280 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6281 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6282 {
|
|
|
6283 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6284 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6285 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6286 }
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 void
|
|
|
6289 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6290 {
|
|
|
6291 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6292 return;
|
|
|
6293 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6294 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6295 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6296 # endif
|
|
|
6297 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6298 else
|
|
|
6299 # endif
|
|
|
6300 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6301 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6302 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6303 # endif
|
|
|
6304 }
|
|
|
6305
|
|
|
6306 #endif
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6309 /*
|
|
|
6310 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6311 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6312 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6313 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6314 *
|
|
|
6315 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6316 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6317 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6318 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6319 *
|
|
|
6320 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6321 */
|
|
|
6322 int
|
|
|
6323 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6324 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6325 int when;
|
|
|
6326 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6327 {
|
|
|
6328 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6329 int try_match;
|
|
|
6330 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6331 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6332 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6333 int icase;
|
|
|
6334 int i;
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6337 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6338 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6339 else
|
|
|
6340 #endif
|
|
|
6341 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6342 while (*look)
|
|
|
6343 {
|
|
|
6344 /*
|
|
|
6345 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6346 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6347 */
|
|
|
6348 switch (when)
|
|
|
6349 {
|
|
|
6350 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6351 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6352 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6353 }
|
|
|
6354 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6355 ++look;
|
|
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 /*
|
|
|
6358 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6359 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6360 */
|
|
|
6361 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6362 {
|
|
|
6363 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6364 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6365 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6366 ++look;
|
|
|
6367 }
|
|
|
6368 else
|
|
|
6369 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6370
|
|
|
6371 /*
|
|
|
6372 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6373 */
|
|
|
6374 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6375 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6376 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6377 #else
|
|
|
6378 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 )
|
|
|
6381 {
|
|
|
6382 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6383 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6384 look += 2;
|
|
|
6385 }
|
|
|
6386 /*
|
|
|
6387 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6388 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6389 */
|
|
|
6390 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6391 {
|
|
|
6392 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6393 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6394 ++look;
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6397 {
|
|
|
6398 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6399 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6400 ++look;
|
|
|
6401 }
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 /*
|
|
|
6404 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6405 * cursor.
|
|
|
6406 */
|
|
|
6407 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6408 {
|
|
|
6409 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6410 {
|
|
|
6411 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6412 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6413 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6414 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6415 }
|
|
|
6416 ++look;
|
|
|
6417 }
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 /*
|
|
|
6420 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6421 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6422 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6423 */
|
|
|
6424 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6425 {
|
|
|
6426 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6427 {
|
|
|
6428 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6429 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6430 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6431 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6432 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6433 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6436 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6437 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6438 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6439 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6440 if (i)
|
|
|
6441 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6442 }
|
|
|
6443 }
|
|
|
6444 ++look;
|
|
|
6445 }
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447
|
|
|
6448 /*
|
|
|
6449 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6450 */
|
|
|
6451 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6452 {
|
|
|
6453 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6454 {
|
|
|
6455 /*
|
|
|
6456 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6457 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6458 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6459 */
|
|
|
6460 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6461 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6462 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6463
|
|
|
6464 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6465 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6466 }
|
|
|
6467 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6468 look++;
|
|
|
6469 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6470 look++;
|
|
|
6471 }
|
|
|
6472
|
|
|
6473 /*
|
|
|
6474 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6475 */
|
|
|
6476 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6477 {
|
|
|
6478 ++look;
|
|
|
6479 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6480 {
|
|
|
6481 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6482 ++look;
|
|
|
6483 }
|
|
|
6484 else
|
|
|
6485 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6486 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6487 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6488 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6489 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6490 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6491 {
|
|
|
6492 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6493
|
|
|
6494 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6495 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6496 {
|
|
|
6497 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6500 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6501 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6502 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6503 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6504 {
|
|
|
6505 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6508 {
|
|
|
6509 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6510 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6511 break;
|
|
|
6512 }
|
|
|
6513 }
|
|
|
6514 else
|
|
|
6515 # endif
|
|
|
6516 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6517 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6518 break;
|
|
|
6519 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6520 && (icase
|
|
|
6521 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6522 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6523 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6524 }
|
|
|
6525 else
|
|
|
6526 #endif
|
|
|
6527 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6528 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6529 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6530 {
|
|
|
6531 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6532 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6533 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6534 && (icase
|
|
|
6535 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6536 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6537 == 0)
|
|
|
6538 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6541 {
|
|
|
6542 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6543 * word. */
|
|
|
6544 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6545 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6546 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6547 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549 if (match)
|
|
|
6550 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 look = p;
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 /*
|
|
|
6556 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6557 */
|
|
|
6558 else
|
|
|
6559 {
|
|
|
6560 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6561 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6562 ++look;
|
|
|
6563 }
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 /*
|
|
|
6566 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6567 */
|
|
|
6568 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6573
|
|
|
6574 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6575 /*
|
|
|
6576 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6577 */
|
|
|
6578 int
|
|
|
6579 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6580 int c;
|
|
|
6581 {
|
|
|
6582 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6583 {
|
|
|
6584 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6585 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6586 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6587 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6588 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6589 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6590 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6591 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6592 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6593 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6594 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6595 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6596 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6599 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6600 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6601 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6602 return 'X';
|
|
|
6603 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6604 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6605 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6606 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6607 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6608 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6609 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6610 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6611 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6612 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6613 #else
|
|
|
6614 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6615 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6616 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6617 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6618 */
|
|
|
6619 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6620 #endif
|
|
|
6621 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6622 else
|
|
|
6623 return c;
|
|
|
6624 }
|
|
|
6625 else
|
|
|
6626 {
|
|
|
6627 switch (c)
|
|
|
6628 {
|
|
|
6629 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6630 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6631 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6632 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6633 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6634
|
|
|
6635 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6636 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6637 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6638 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6639 default: {
|
|
|
6640 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6641
|
|
|
6642 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6643 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6644 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6645 #else
|
|
|
6646 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6647 #endif
|
|
|
6648 return c;
|
|
|
6649 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6650 break;
|
|
|
6651 }
|
|
|
6652 }
|
|
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6655 }
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657 #endif
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 static void
|
|
|
6660 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6661 {
|
|
|
6662 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6663 int regname;
|
|
|
6664 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 /*
|
|
|
6667 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6668 */
|
|
|
6669 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6670 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
6673 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6674
|
|
|
6675 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6676 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6677 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6678 #endif
|
|
|
6679 }
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6682 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6683 #endif
|
|
|
6684
|
|
|
6685 /*
|
|
|
6686 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6687 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6688 */
|
|
|
6689 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6690 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6691 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6692 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6693 #endif
|
|
|
6694 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6695 {
|
|
|
6696 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6697 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6698 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6699 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6700 #endif
|
|
|
6701 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6702 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6703 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6704 #endif
|
|
|
6705 }
|
|
|
6706 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6709 /*
|
|
|
6710 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6711 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6712 */
|
|
|
6713 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6714 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6715 {
|
|
133
|
6716 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6717 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6718 # endif
|
|
7
|
6719 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6720 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6721 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6722 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6723 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6724 # endif
|
|
7
|
6725 }
|
|
140
|
6726 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6727 {
|
|
|
6728 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6729 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6730 }
|
|
7
|
6731 else
|
|
|
6732 {
|
|
|
6733 #endif
|
|
|
6734 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6735 {
|
|
|
6736 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6737 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6738 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6739 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6740
|
|
|
6741 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6742 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6743 }
|
|
|
6744 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6745 {
|
|
|
6746 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6747 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6748 }
|
|
133
|
6749 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6750 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6751 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6752 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6753 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6754
|
|
7
|
6755 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6756 }
|
|
|
6757 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6758 #endif
|
|
|
6759 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6760 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6761 #endif
|
|
|
6762
|
|
|
6763 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6764 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6765 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767
|
|
|
6768 /*
|
|
|
6769 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6770 */
|
|
|
6771 static void
|
|
|
6772 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 int c;
|
|
|
6775
|
|
|
6776 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6777 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6778 setcursor();
|
|
|
6779 #endif
|
|
|
6780
|
|
|
6781 /*
|
|
|
6782 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6783 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6784 */
|
|
|
6785 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6786 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6787 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6788 switch (c)
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6791 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6792 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6793 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6794 break;
|
|
|
6795
|
|
|
6796 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6797 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6798 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6799 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6800 break;
|
|
|
6801
|
|
|
6802 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6803 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6804 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6807 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6808 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6809 break;
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6812 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814 }
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 /*
|
|
449
|
6817 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6818 */
|
|
|
6819 static void
|
|
|
6820 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6821 {
|
|
|
6822 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6825 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6826 {
|
|
|
6827 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6828 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830 else
|
|
|
6831 {
|
|
|
6832 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6833 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6834 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6835 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6836 #endif
|
|
|
6837 }
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6840 else
|
|
|
6841 {
|
|
|
6842 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6843 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6844 {
|
|
|
6845 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6846 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6847 }
|
|
|
6848 else
|
|
|
6849 {
|
|
|
6850 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6851 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6852 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6853 }
|
|
|
6854 }
|
|
|
6855 #endif
|
|
|
6856 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6857 showmode();
|
|
|
6858 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6859 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6860 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6861 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6862 #endif
|
|
|
6863 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6864 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6865 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6866 #endif
|
|
|
6867 }
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 /*
|
|
7
|
6870 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6871 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6872 * insert.
|
|
|
6873 */
|
|
|
6874 static int
|
|
477
|
6875 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6876 long *count;
|
|
|
6877 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6878 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6879 {
|
|
|
6880 int temp;
|
|
|
6881 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6882
|
|
449
|
6883 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6884 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6885 #endif
|
|
7
|
6886 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6887 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6888 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6889 # endif
|
|
|
6890 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6893 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895 #endif
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6898 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6899 {
|
|
|
6900 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6901 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6902 }
|
|
|
6903 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6904 {
|
|
|
6905 /*
|
|
|
6906 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6907 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6908 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6909 */
|
|
|
6910 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6911 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6912
|
|
|
6913 /*
|
|
|
6914 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6915 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6916 */
|
|
|
6917 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6920 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6921 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6922 }
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6925 {
|
|
164
|
6926 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6927 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6928 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6929
|
|
7
|
6930 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6931 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6932 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6933 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6934 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6935 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6936 }
|
|
|
6937 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6938 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6939 }
|
|
|
6940
|
|
|
6941 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6942 * indent */
|
|
|
6943 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6944 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6947 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6948 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 /*
|
|
|
6951 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6952 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6953 */
|
|
477
|
6954 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6955 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6956 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6957 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6958 #endif
|
|
477
|
6959 )
|
|
|
6960 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6961 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6962 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6963 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6964 #endif
|
|
|
6965 ))
|
|
7
|
6966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6967 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6968 #endif
|
|
|
6969 )
|
|
|
6970 {
|
|
|
6971 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6972 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6973 {
|
|
|
6974 oneleft();
|
|
|
6975 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6976 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6977 }
|
|
|
6978 else
|
|
|
6979 #endif
|
|
|
6980 {
|
|
|
6981 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6982 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6983 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6984 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6985 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6986 #endif
|
|
|
6987 }
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6991 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6992 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6993 * well). */
|
|
|
6994 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6995 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6996 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6997 #endif
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7000 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7001 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7004 setmouse();
|
|
|
7005 #endif
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7007 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7008 #endif
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 /*
|
|
|
7011 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7012 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7013 */
|
|
|
7014 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7015 showmode();
|
|
|
7016 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7017 MSG("");
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7020 }
|
|
|
7021
|
|
|
7022 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7023 /*
|
|
|
7024 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7025 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7026 */
|
|
|
7027 static void
|
|
|
7028 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7029 {
|
|
|
7030 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7031 {
|
|
|
7032 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7033 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7036 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7037 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7038 {
|
|
|
7039 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7040 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7041 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7042 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7043 }
|
|
|
7044 else
|
|
|
7045 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7046 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7047 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7048 {
|
|
|
7049 /*
|
|
|
7050 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7051 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7052 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7053 */
|
|
|
7054 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7055 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7056 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7057 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7058 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7059 }
|
|
|
7060 else
|
|
|
7061 #endif
|
|
|
7062 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7063 showmode();
|
|
|
7064 }
|
|
|
7065 #endif
|
|
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7068 /*
|
|
|
7069 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7070 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7071 */
|
|
|
7072 static int
|
|
|
7073 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7074 int c;
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7077 switch (c)
|
|
|
7078 {
|
|
|
7079 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7080 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7081 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7082 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7083 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7084 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7085 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7086 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7087 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7088 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7089 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7090 case K_END:
|
|
|
7091 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7092 # endif
|
|
|
7093 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7094 break;
|
|
|
7095 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7096 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7097 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7098 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7099 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7100 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7101 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7102 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7103 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7104 start_selection();
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7107 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7108 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7109 {
|
|
|
7110 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7111
|
|
|
7112 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7113 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7114 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7115 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7116 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7117 }
|
|
|
7118 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7119 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7120 }
|
|
|
7121 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7122 }
|
|
|
7123 #endif
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 /*
|
|
449
|
7126 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7127 */
|
|
|
7128 static void
|
|
|
7129 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7130 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7131 {
|
|
|
7132 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7133 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7134 {
|
|
|
7135 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7136 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7137 return;
|
|
|
7138 }
|
|
|
7139 #endif
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7142 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7143 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7144 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
7145 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7146 # endif
|
|
449
|
7147 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7148 #endif
|
|
|
7149 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7150 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7151 else
|
|
|
7152 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7153 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7154 showmode();
|
|
|
7155 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7156 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7157 #endif
|
|
|
7158 }
|
|
|
7159
|
|
|
7160 /*
|
|
|
7161 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7162 */
|
|
|
7163 static void
|
|
|
7164 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7167 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7168 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7169 else
|
|
|
7170 #endif
|
|
|
7171 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7172 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7173 else
|
|
|
7174 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7175 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7176 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7177 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7178 else
|
|
|
7179 #endif
|
|
|
7180 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7181 }
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 /*
|
|
7
|
7184 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7185 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7186 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7187 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7188 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7189 */
|
|
|
7190 static void
|
|
|
7191 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7192 int c;
|
|
|
7193 int lastc;
|
|
|
7194 {
|
|
|
7195 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7196 return;
|
|
|
7197 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 /*
|
|
|
7200 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7201 */
|
|
|
7202 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7203 {
|
|
|
7204 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7205 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7206 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7207 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7208 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7209 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7210 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7211 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7212 }
|
|
|
7213 else
|
|
|
7214 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7215
|
|
|
7216 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7217 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7219 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7220 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7221 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7222 #endif
|
|
|
7223 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7224 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7225 #endif
|
|
|
7226 }
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 static void
|
|
|
7229 ins_del()
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 int temp;
|
|
|
7232
|
|
|
7233 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7234 return;
|
|
|
7235 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7236 {
|
|
|
7237 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7238 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7239 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7240 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7241 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7242 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7243 else
|
|
|
7244 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7245 }
|
|
|
7246 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7247 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7248 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7249 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7250 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7251 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7252 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7253 #endif
|
|
|
7254 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7255 }
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 /*
|
|
|
7258 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7259 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7260 */
|
|
|
7261 static int
|
|
|
7262 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7263 int c;
|
|
|
7264 int mode;
|
|
|
7265 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7266 {
|
|
|
7267 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7268 int cc;
|
|
|
7269 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7270 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7271 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7272 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7273 int oldState;
|
|
|
7274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7275 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7276 #endif
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 /*
|
|
|
7279 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7280 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7281 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7282 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7283 */
|
|
|
7284 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7285 || (
|
|
|
7286 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7287 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7288 #endif
|
|
|
7289 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7290 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7291 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7292 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7293 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7294 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7295 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7296 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7297 {
|
|
|
7298 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7299 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7300 }
|
|
|
7301
|
|
|
7302 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7303 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7304 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7305 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7306 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7307 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7308 #endif
|
|
|
7309 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7310 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7311 #endif
|
|
|
7312 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7313 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7314 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7315 #endif
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7318 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7319 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7320 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7321 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7322 */
|
|
|
7323 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7324 {
|
|
|
7325 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7326 {
|
|
|
7327 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7328 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7331 {
|
|
|
7332 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7333 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7334 }
|
|
|
7335 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7336 }
|
|
|
7337 #endif
|
|
|
7338
|
|
|
7339 /*
|
|
|
7340 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7341 */
|
|
|
7342 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7343 {
|
|
|
7344 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7345 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7346 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7347 || revins_on
|
|
|
7348 #endif
|
|
|
7349 )
|
|
|
7350 {
|
|
|
7351 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7352 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7353 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7354 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7355 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7356 }
|
|
|
7357 /*
|
|
|
7358 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7359 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7360 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7361 */
|
|
|
7362 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7363 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7364 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7365 /*
|
|
|
7366 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7367 * cursor.
|
|
|
7368 */
|
|
|
7369 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7370 {
|
|
|
7371 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7372 }
|
|
|
7373 else
|
|
|
7374 {
|
|
|
7375 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7376 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7377 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7378 #endif
|
|
|
7379 {
|
|
|
7380 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7381 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7384 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7385 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7386 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7387 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7388 {
|
|
|
7389 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7390 TRUE);
|
|
|
7391 int len;
|
|
|
7392
|
|
|
7393 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7394 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7395 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7396 }
|
|
|
7397
|
|
7
|
7398 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7399 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7400 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7401 }
|
|
|
7402 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7403 else
|
|
|
7404 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7405 #endif
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 /*
|
|
|
7408 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7409 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7410 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7411 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7412 */
|
|
|
7413 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 /*
|
|
|
7416 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7417 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7418 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7419 */
|
|
|
7420 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7421 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7422 /*
|
|
|
7423 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7424 */
|
|
|
7425 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7426 {
|
|
|
7427 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7428 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7429 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7430 #else
|
|
|
7431 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7432 #endif
|
|
|
7433 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7434 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7435 }
|
|
|
7436 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7437 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7438 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7439 }
|
|
|
7440 }
|
|
|
7441 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443 else
|
|
|
7444 {
|
|
|
7445 /*
|
|
|
7446 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7447 */
|
|
|
7448 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7449 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7450 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7451 #endif
|
|
|
7452 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7453 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7454 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7455 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7456 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7457 #endif
|
|
|
7458 )
|
|
|
7459 {
|
|
|
7460 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7461 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7462 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7463 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7464 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7465 }
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 /*
|
|
|
7468 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7469 */
|
|
|
7470 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7471 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7472 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7473 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7474 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7475 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7476 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7477 {
|
|
|
7478 int ts;
|
|
|
7479 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7480 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7481 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7484 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7485 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7486 else
|
|
|
7487 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7488 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7489 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7490 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7491 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7492 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7493 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7494 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7495 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7496
|
|
|
7497 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7498 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7499 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7502 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7503 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7504 {
|
|
|
7505 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7506 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7507 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7508 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7509 {
|
|
|
7510 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7511 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7512 {
|
|
|
7513 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7514 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7515 }
|
|
|
7516 else
|
|
|
7517 #endif
|
|
|
7518 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7519 }
|
|
|
7520 }
|
|
|
7521 else
|
|
|
7522 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7523 }
|
|
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7526 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7527 {
|
|
|
7528 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7529 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7530 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7531 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7532
|
|
|
7533 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7534 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7535 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7536 else
|
|
|
7537 #endif
|
|
|
7538 {
|
|
|
7539 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7540 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7541 {
|
|
|
7542 if (extra)
|
|
|
7543 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7544 else
|
|
|
7545 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7546 }
|
|
|
7547 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7548 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7549 }
|
|
|
7550 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 }
|
|
|
7553
|
|
|
7554 /*
|
|
|
7555 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7556 */
|
|
|
7557 else do
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7560 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7561 #endif
|
|
|
7562 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7565 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7566 {
|
|
|
7567 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7568 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7569 }
|
|
|
7570 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7571 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7572 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7573 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7574 {
|
|
|
7575 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7576 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7577 #endif
|
|
|
7578 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7579 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7580 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7581 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7582 #endif
|
|
|
7583 break;
|
|
|
7584 }
|
|
|
7585 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7586 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7587 else
|
|
|
7588 {
|
|
|
7589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7590 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7591 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7592 #endif
|
|
|
7593 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7595 /*
|
|
|
7596 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7597 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7598 * character.
|
|
|
7599 */
|
|
|
7600 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7601 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7602 #endif
|
|
|
7603 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7604 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7605 {
|
|
|
7606 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7607 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7608 }
|
|
|
7609 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7610 break;
|
|
|
7611 #endif
|
|
|
7612 }
|
|
|
7613 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7614 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7615 break;
|
|
|
7616 } while (
|
|
|
7617 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7618 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7619 #endif
|
|
|
7620 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7621 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7622 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7623 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7624 }
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7626 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7627 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7628 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7629 #endif
|
|
|
7630 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7631 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7632 /*
|
|
|
7633 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7634 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7635 * with.
|
|
|
7636 */
|
|
|
7637 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7640 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7641 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7642 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7643
|
|
|
7644 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7645 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7646 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7647 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7648 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7649 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7650 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7651 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7652 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7655 }
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7658 static void
|
|
|
7659 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7660 int c;
|
|
|
7661 {
|
|
|
7662 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7665 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7666 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7667 # endif
|
|
|
7668 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7669 return;
|
|
|
7670
|
|
|
7671 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7672 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7673 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7674 {
|
|
|
7675 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7676 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7677 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7678 # endif
|
|
|
7679 }
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7682 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7683 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7684 #endif
|
|
|
7685 }
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 static void
|
|
|
7688 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7689 int up;
|
|
|
7690 {
|
|
|
7691 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7692 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7693 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7694 # endif
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7699 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7702 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7703 {
|
|
|
7704 int row, col;
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7707 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7708
|
|
|
7709 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7710 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7711 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7712 }
|
|
|
7713 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7714 # endif
|
|
|
7715 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7718 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7719 else
|
|
|
7720 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7721
|
|
|
7722 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7723 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7726 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7727 # endif
|
|
|
7728
|
|
|
7729 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7730 {
|
|
|
7731 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7732 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7733 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7734 # endif
|
|
|
7735 }
|
|
|
7736 }
|
|
|
7737 #endif
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7740 void
|
|
|
7741 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7742 {
|
|
|
7743 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7746 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7747 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7748 {
|
|
|
7749 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7750 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7751 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7752 # endif
|
|
|
7753 }
|
|
|
7754 }
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 void
|
|
|
7757 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7758 {
|
|
|
7759 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7762 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7763 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7764 {
|
|
|
7765 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7766 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7767 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7768 # endif
|
|
|
7769 }
|
|
|
7770 }
|
|
|
7771 #endif
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 static void
|
|
|
7774 ins_left()
|
|
|
7775 {
|
|
|
7776 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7779 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7780 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7781 #endif
|
|
|
7782 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7783 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7784 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7785 {
|
|
|
7786 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7787 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7788 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7789 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7790 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7791 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7792 #endif
|
|
|
7793 }
|
|
|
7794
|
|
|
7795 /*
|
|
|
7796 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7797 * previous line
|
|
|
7798 */
|
|
|
7799 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7800 {
|
|
|
7801 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7802 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7803 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7804 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7805 }
|
|
|
7806 else
|
|
|
7807 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7808 }
|
|
|
7809
|
|
|
7810 static void
|
|
|
7811 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7812 int c;
|
|
|
7813 {
|
|
|
7814 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7817 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7818 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
|
7820 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7821 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7822 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7823 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7824 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7825 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7826 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7827 #endif
|
|
|
7828 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7829 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7830 }
|
|
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 static void
|
|
|
7833 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7834 int c;
|
|
|
7835 {
|
|
|
7836 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7839 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7840 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7841 #endif
|
|
|
7842 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7843 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7844 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7845 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7846 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7847 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7850 }
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 static void
|
|
|
7853 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7856 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7857 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7858 #endif
|
|
|
7859 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7860 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7861 {
|
|
|
7862 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7863 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7864 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7865 }
|
|
|
7866 else
|
|
|
7867 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7868 }
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 static void
|
|
|
7871 ins_right()
|
|
|
7872 {
|
|
|
7873 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7874 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7875 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7876 #endif
|
|
|
7877 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7878 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7879 )
|
|
|
7880 {
|
|
|
7881 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7882 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7883 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7884 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7885 oneright();
|
|
|
7886 else
|
|
|
7887 #endif
|
|
|
7888 {
|
|
|
7889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7890 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7891 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7892 else
|
|
|
7893 #endif
|
|
|
7894 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7895 }
|
|
|
7896
|
|
|
7897 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7898 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7899 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7900 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7901 #endif
|
|
|
7902 }
|
|
|
7903 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7904 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7905 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7906 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7907 {
|
|
|
7908 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7909 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7910 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7911 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913 else
|
|
|
7914 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7915 }
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 static void
|
|
|
7918 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7919 {
|
|
|
7920 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7921 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7922 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7923 #endif
|
|
|
7924 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7925 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7926 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7927 {
|
|
|
7928 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7929 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7930 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7931 }
|
|
|
7932 else
|
|
|
7933 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7934 }
|
|
|
7935
|
|
|
7936 static void
|
|
|
7937 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7938 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7939 {
|
|
|
7940 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7941 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7942 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7943 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7944 #endif
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7947 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7948 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7949 {
|
|
|
7950 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7951 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7952 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7953 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7954 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7955 #endif
|
|
|
7956 )
|
|
|
7957 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7958 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7959 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7960 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7961 #endif
|
|
|
7962 }
|
|
|
7963 else
|
|
|
7964 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 static void
|
|
|
7968 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7969 {
|
|
|
7970 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7973 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7974 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7975 {
|
|
|
7976 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7977 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7978 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7979 #endif
|
|
|
7980 }
|
|
|
7981 else
|
|
|
7982 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7983 }
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 static void
|
|
|
7986 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7987 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7988 {
|
|
|
7989 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7990 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7991 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7992 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7993 #endif
|
|
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7996 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7997 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7998 {
|
|
|
7999 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8000 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8001 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8002 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8003 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8004 #endif
|
|
|
8005 )
|
|
|
8006 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8007 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8008 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8009 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8010 #endif
|
|
|
8011 }
|
|
|
8012 else
|
|
|
8013 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8014 }
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 static void
|
|
|
8017 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8020
|
|
|
8021 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8022 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8023 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8024 {
|
|
|
8025 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8026 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8027 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8028 #endif
|
|
|
8029 }
|
|
|
8030 else
|
|
|
8031 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8032 }
|
|
|
8033
|
|
|
8034 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8035 static void
|
|
|
8036 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8037 {
|
|
|
8038 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 #endif
|
|
|
8041
|
|
|
8042 /*
|
|
|
8043 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8044 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8045 */
|
|
|
8046 static int
|
|
|
8047 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8048 {
|
|
|
8049 int ind;
|
|
|
8050 int i;
|
|
|
8051 int temp;
|
|
|
8052
|
|
|
8053 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8054 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8055 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8056 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8059 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8060 if (ind)
|
|
|
8061 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8062 #endif
|
|
|
8063
|
|
|
8064 /*
|
|
|
8065 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8066 */
|
|
|
8067 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8068 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8069 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8070 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8073 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8076 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8077 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8078 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8079 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8080 #endif
|
|
|
8081 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8082
|
|
|
8083 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8084 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8085 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8086 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8087 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8088 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8089 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 /*
|
|
|
8092 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8093 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8094 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8095 */
|
|
|
8096 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8097 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8098 {
|
|
|
8099 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8100 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8101 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8102 else
|
|
|
8103 #endif
|
|
|
8104 {
|
|
|
8105 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8106 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8107 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8108 }
|
|
|
8109 }
|
|
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 /*
|
|
|
8112 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8113 */
|
|
|
8114 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8115 {
|
|
|
8116 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8117 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8118 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8119 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8120 #endif
|
|
|
8121 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8122 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8123 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8124 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8125 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 /*
|
|
|
8128 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8129 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8130 */
|
|
|
8131 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8132 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8133 {
|
|
|
8134 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8135 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8136 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8137 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8138 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8139 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8140 }
|
|
|
8141 else
|
|
|
8142 #endif
|
|
|
8143 {
|
|
|
8144 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8145 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8146 }
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8149 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8150 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8151
|
|
|
8152 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8153 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8154 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8155 {
|
|
|
8156 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8157 --ptr;
|
|
|
8158 }
|
|
|
8159
|
|
|
8160 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8161 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8162 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8163 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8164 {
|
|
|
8165 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8166 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8167 }
|
|
|
8168
|
|
|
8169 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8170 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8171 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8172
|
|
|
8173 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8174 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8175 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8176 {
|
|
|
8177 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8178 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8179 break;
|
|
|
8180 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8181 {
|
|
|
8182 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8183 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8184 {
|
|
|
8185 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8186 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8187 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8188 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8189 }
|
|
|
8190 }
|
|
|
8191 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8192 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8193 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8194 }
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8197 {
|
|
|
8198 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8199
|
|
|
8200 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8201 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8202 {
|
|
|
8203 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8204 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8205 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8206 }
|
|
|
8207 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8208 {
|
|
|
8209 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8210 --ptr;
|
|
|
8211 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8212 }
|
|
|
8213 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8214
|
|
|
8215 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8216 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8217 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8218 {
|
|
|
8219 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8220 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8221 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8222 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8223 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8224 #endif
|
|
|
8225 )
|
|
|
8226 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8227 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8228 }
|
|
33
|
8229 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8230 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8231 {
|
|
|
8232 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8233 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8234 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8235 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8236 }
|
|
|
8237 #endif
|
|
7
|
8238 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8241 /*
|
|
|
8242 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8243 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8244 * spacing.
|
|
|
8245 */
|
|
|
8246 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8247 {
|
|
|
8248 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8249 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8252 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8253 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8254 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8255 }
|
|
|
8256 #endif
|
|
|
8257 }
|
|
|
8258
|
|
|
8259 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8260 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8261 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8262 #endif
|
|
|
8263 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8264 }
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8267 }
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 /*
|
|
|
8270 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8271 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8272 */
|
|
|
8273 static int
|
|
|
8274 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8275 int c;
|
|
|
8276 {
|
|
|
8277 int i;
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8280 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8281 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8282 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8283 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8284
|
|
|
8285 /*
|
|
|
8286 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8287 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8288 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8289 */
|
|
|
8290 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8291 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8292 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8293 #endif
|
|
|
8294 )
|
|
|
8295 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 /*
|
|
|
8298 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8299 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8300 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8301 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8302 */
|
|
|
8303
|
|
|
8304 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8305 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8306 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8307 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8308 # endif
|
|
|
8309 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8310 * current line. */
|
|
|
8311 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8312 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8313 #endif
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8316 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8317 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8318 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8319 #endif
|
|
|
8320 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8321 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8323 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8324 #endif
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 return (!i);
|
|
|
8327 }
|
|
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8330 /*
|
|
|
8331 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8332 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8333 * done.
|
|
|
8334 */
|
|
|
8335 static int
|
|
|
8336 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8337 {
|
|
|
8338 int c;
|
|
|
8339 int cc;
|
|
|
8340
|
|
|
8341 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8342 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8343 {
|
|
|
8344 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8345 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8348 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8349 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8350 #endif
|
|
|
8351 }
|
|
|
8352
|
|
|
8353 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8354 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8355 #endif
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8358 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8359 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8360 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8361 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8362 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8363 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8364 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8367 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8368 #endif
|
|
|
8369 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8370 return NUL;
|
|
|
8371 }
|
|
|
8372 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8373 {
|
|
|
8374 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8375 {
|
|
|
8376 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8377 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8378
|
|
|
8379 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8380 {
|
|
|
8381 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8382 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8383 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8384 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8385 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8386 }
|
|
|
8387 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8388 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8389 #endif
|
|
|
8390 }
|
|
|
8391 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8392 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8393 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8394 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8395 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8396 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8397 {
|
|
|
8398 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8399 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8400 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8401 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8402 #endif
|
|
|
8403 return c;
|
|
|
8404 }
|
|
|
8405 }
|
|
|
8406 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8407 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8408 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8409 #endif
|
|
|
8410 return NUL;
|
|
|
8411 }
|
|
|
8412 #endif
|
|
|
8413
|
|
|
8414 /*
|
|
|
8415 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8416 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8417 */
|
|
|
8418 static int
|
|
|
8419 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8420 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8421 {
|
|
|
8422 int c;
|
|
|
8423 int temp;
|
|
|
8424 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8427 {
|
|
|
8428 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8429 return NUL;
|
|
|
8430 }
|
|
|
8431
|
|
|
8432 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8433 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8434 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8435 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8436 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8437 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8438 {
|
|
|
8439 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8440 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8441 }
|
|
|
8442 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8443 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8444
|
|
|
8445 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8446 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8447 #else
|
|
|
8448 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8449 #endif
|
|
|
8450 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8451 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8452 return c;
|
|
|
8453 }
|
|
|
8454
|
|
449
|
8455 /*
|
|
|
8456 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8457 */
|
|
|
8458 static int
|
|
|
8459 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8460 int tc;
|
|
|
8461 {
|
|
|
8462 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8465 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8466 {
|
|
|
8467 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8468 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8469 else
|
|
|
8470 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8471 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8472 }
|
|
|
8473 else
|
|
|
8474 #endif
|
|
|
8475 {
|
|
|
8476 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8477 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8478 {
|
|
|
8479 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8480
|
|
|
8481 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8482 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8483 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8484 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8485 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8486 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8487 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8488 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8489 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8490 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8491 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8492 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8493 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8494 #endif
|
|
|
8495 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8496 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8497 }
|
|
|
8498 }
|
|
|
8499 return c;
|
|
|
8500 }
|
|
|
8501
|
|
7
|
8502 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8503 /*
|
|
|
8504 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8505 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8506 */
|
|
|
8507 static void
|
|
|
8508 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8509 int c;
|
|
|
8510 {
|
|
|
8511 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8512 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8513 int i;
|
|
|
8514 int temp;
|
|
|
8515
|
|
|
8516 /*
|
|
|
8517 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8518 */
|
|
|
8519 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8520 {
|
|
|
8521 /*
|
|
|
8522 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8523 */
|
|
|
8524 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8525 {
|
|
|
8526 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
|
8528 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8529 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8530 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8531 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8532 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8533 */
|
|
|
8534 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8535 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8536 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8537 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8538 ;
|
|
|
8539 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8540 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8541 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8542 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8543 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8544 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8545 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8546 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8547 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8548 else
|
|
|
8549 #endif
|
|
|
8550 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8551 }
|
|
|
8552 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8553 {
|
|
|
8554 /*
|
|
|
8555 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8556 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8557 */
|
|
|
8558 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8559 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8560 {
|
|
|
8561 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8562 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8563 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8564 {
|
|
|
8565 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8568 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8569 break;
|
|
|
8570 }
|
|
|
8571 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8572 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8573 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8574 }
|
|
|
8575 if (temp)
|
|
|
8576 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8577 }
|
|
|
8578 }
|
|
|
8579
|
|
|
8580 /*
|
|
|
8581 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8582 */
|
|
|
8583 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8584 {
|
|
|
8585 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8586 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8587 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8588 }
|
|
|
8589
|
|
|
8590 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8591 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8592 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8593 }
|
|
|
8594 #endif
|
|
|
8595
|
|
|
8596 /*
|
|
|
8597 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8598 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8599 */
|
|
|
8600 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8601 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8602 {
|
|
|
8603 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8604 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8605 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8606 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8607 }
|
